0133-0346_ER_2021_Furniture

FURNITURE 

Contents 

Book Storage 214 - 225 

Cloakroom 308 - 311 

Dining 304 - 307 

Display 286 - 303 

Early Years 226 - 235 

Express Delivery 134 - 147 

Reception and Breakout 264 - 269 

Soft Furnishings 236 - 263 

Storage 182 - 213 

Tables & Chairs 148 - 181 

Office 270 - 285 

Outdoor Storage 312 - 329 

Outdoor 330 - 346 

See 

page 

174 

Express Delivery 

Items in our Express Delivery range 

are available for delivery in the UK. 

Items are marked with the number of 

days expected delivery. To order items 

available on next day delivery call 028 

7134 6767 before 12 noon. 

Valencia 6 Seater Rectangular Table 

An extremely sturdy and robust table, height adjustable with 

10 increments from 38.5 – 60cm. Range includes five different 

colours, plus round, flower and horseshoe table shapes. 

Coordinating chairs and storage units also available. 

CE06753 £134.34 

We’re here to help. 028 7134 6767 

133

Classroom Tables & Chairs 

FURNITURE EXPRESS 

1 

2 

Seat Height 

Black Frame 

Grey Frame 

310 mm CE1225 CE1231 £22.39 

350 mm CE1226 CE1232 £23.67 

380 mm CE1227 CE1233 £24.95 

430 mm CE1228 CE1234 £26.23 

460 mm CE1229 CE1235 £27.51 

FROM 

£23.03 

30 packs also 

available. See 

page 153. 

Price 

1. NP Classroom Chairs 

A robust, comfortable classroom chair that stacks safely up 

to 8 high. Available in six seat heights and a range of colours. 

Strong fully welded frame with tamperproof fixings, wipe 

clean seats and hard wearing, non-scratch nylon feet. Fully 

BSEN 1729 compliant. Delivery within 7 - 10 days (subject to 

vehicle scheduling) is available on selected lines. Made from 

polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled. 5 years warranty. 

Colours available 

RE BL GR PU LI 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters 

to your order code e.g CE1225RE 

See page 153 for the full range of colours 

and seat heights. 

30 packs also 

available. See 

page 153. 

2. ST Classroom Chairs 

A comfortable and supportive classroom chair that stacks up 

to 10 high. Ergonomically designed with anti-tilt and to correct 

posture. Supplied with a Duraform Speckled light grey frame 

and complies to BSEN 1729 Standards. 15 year manufacturer’s 

warranty. Delivery within 7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle 

scheduling) is available on selected lines. 

Seat Height Code Price 

260 mm CE10027 £23.03 

310 mm CE10028 £24.31 

350 mm CE10029 £27.46 

380 mm CE10030 £28.10 

430 mm CE10031 £33.86 

460 mm CE10032 £34.50 


BL CH GR LL LI OR PU RE SF YE 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE10027BL 

134 sales@creative-activity.co.uk www.creative-activity.co.uk

1. Postura Plus Chairs 

Ergonomically designed, one piece chair, promoting 

good posture and exceptional comfort. Angled back 

and legs provide excellent stability and help to prevent 

tipping and rocking. Super strong, this polypropylene, 

one piece chair is low maintenance and easy to keep 

clean, wipe down and spray with sanitiser. No moving 

parts, no high-wear materials, ideal for creating safer 

learning spaces. 

Manufactured from solid injection moulding, 

so the hollow legs are firmly fixed, resist being 

twisted and require no maintenance. Made 

from polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled. 

20 years warranty. 


1 

EXPRESS 

260mm only available in IB, FG, SY and PR 

Seat Height 

1-29 1 30 30 Pack 

260 mm CE0445 £23.62 CE0918 £702.08 

310 mm CE0395 £24.26 CE0938 £721.28 

350 mm CE0286 £25.54 CE0179 £759.68 

380 mm CE0742 £26.82 CE0435 £798.08 

430 mm CE0411 £29.38 CE0450 £874.24 

460 mm CE0100 £31.94 CE0101 £951.68 

2. Affinity Chairs 

Durable classroom chair in a range of height and 

colours. Features a high quality steel frame and a high 

grade polypropylene shell. Tested to EN1729 part 2. Six 

year manufacturer’s warranty. Stackable up to eight 

chairs high. Made from polypropylene. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

Seat Height 

1-29 1 30 30 Pack 

260 mm CE1182 £14.07 CE10388 £409.22 

310 mm CE1183 £14.71 CE10389 £428.42 

350 mm CE1184 £15.35 CE10391 £447.62 

380 mm CE1185 £17.27 CE10393 £505.22 

430 mm CE1186 £17.91 CE10390 £524.42 

460 mm CE1187 £18.55 CE10392 £543.62 

3. Series E Chairs 

This classic classroom chair offers a durable and cost 

effective seating solution. Frames are constructed 

of high quality steel and are painted with leatherite 

paint for ultimate durability. Stackable up to eight 

high. Manufacturer’s warranty 10 years. Made from 

polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled. 

Seat Height 

1-29 1 30 30 Pack 

260 mm CE1176 £16.63 CE1500 £473.22 

310 mm CE1177 £17.91 CE1501 £511.62 

350 mm CE1178 £20.47 CE1502 £588.42 

380 mm CE1179 £21.06 CE1503 £606.08 

430 mm CE1180 £21.75 CE1504 £626.82 

460 mm CE1181 £23.03 CE1505 £665.22 

SG 

SLATE 

GRCA 

FG 

FOREST 

GREEN 


To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code 

e.g CE0045SG 

2 3 

6 


BL 

AG 

ASH 

GRCA 

AB 

AQUA 

BLUE 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 

2 letters to your order code e.g CE1176BL 

PR 

POPPY 

RED 

IB 

INK 

BLUE 

SY 

SUN 

YELLOW 

PB 

POWDER 

BLUE 

TZ 

TANGERINE RED 

FIZZ 

GC 

GRAPE 

CRUSH 

LZ 

LIME 

ZEST 

See online for the full range of colours and seat heights 

FURNITURE 


135



1 

2 

3 

See online for the full range of heights, colours and shapes 

See online for the full range of heights, colours and shapes 

1. Crush Bent PU Edge 

Rectangular Tables 

Standard classroom tables in 

different sizes and colours. Choice 

of coloured PU edge. Durable, steel 

grey frame, powder coated for 

scratch resistance and longevity. 

Other shapes are available. Stackable 

up to 8 tables high for easy storage. 

Delivery within 7 - 10 days (subject 

to vehicle scheduling) is available on 

selected lines. 

CE1350BA L110cm H53cm 

Beech Top Charcoal 

Edge 



Edge 



Edge 

CE1350GA L110cm H53cm 

Grey Top Charcoal 

Edge 



Edge 



Edge 

£86.98 

£86.98 

£86.98 

£86.98 

£86.98 

£86.98 

2. Fully Welded PU Edge 

Rectangular Tables 


different sizes and colours. Choice 

of coloured PU edge. Durable, steel 

grey frame, powder coated for 

scratch resistance and longevity. 

Other shapes are available. Stackable 

in a spiral formation up to six high. 

Height 

3-4 years - H46cm 




11-14 years - 71cm 






Edge 



Edge 



Edge 



Edge 



Edge 



Edge 

£90.82 

£90.82 

£90.82 

£90.82 

£90.82 

£90.82 

3. Teacher Crush Bent Desk 

The Crush Bent teacher’s desk is the 

perfect match to the standard Crush 

Bent classroom table range. Supplied 

with modesty panel and two drawer 

pedestal (top drawer lockable). 

Available in 76cm Height. Delivery 

within 7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle 

scheduling) is available on selected 

lines. H76 x W120 x D60cm. Made 

from mdf. 

CE08106 

Beech Top, Beech 

Edge 

£435.14 

Express delivery is only available in beech top/edge. See online for the full range 


1. Rectangular Fully Welded 

Tables 


different sizes and colours. Durable 

steel grey frame, powder coated 

for scratch resistance and longevity. 

Stackable in a spiral formation up to 

six high. Other shapes also available. 




CE1257BE L120cm H64cm 

Beech 

CE1257BL L120cm H64cm 

Blue 

CE1257GY L120cm H64cm 

Grey 


Beech 


Blue 


Grey 


Beech 


Blue 


Grey 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

£72.90 

2. Rectangular Crush Bent 

Tables 

These tables come in different shapes 

and sizes, allowing you to create 

bespoke layouts to make the most 

effective use of your space. Matching 

teacher’s desks are also available. 

Stackable up to 8 tables high for 

easy storage. Delivery within 7 - 10 

days (subject to vehicle scheduling) 

is available on selected lines. Made 

from mdf. Supplied fully assembled. 



Beech 


Blue 


Grey 


Beech 


Blue 


Grey 


Beech 


Blue 


Grey 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

£65.22 

3. Square Fully Welded 

Tables 


different sizes and colours. Durable, 

steel grey frame, powder coated 

for scratch resistance and longevity. 

Stackable in a spiral formation up 

to six high. Other shapes available. 

Height Options 





11-14 years - 71cm 




CE1276BE Beech H71cm £65.22 

CE1277BE Beech H76cm £65.22 

1 

2 

3 


EXPRESS 

FURNITURE 


137


Tray Storage 

1 

1. Safe Sturdy Tray Storage 

Units With Deep Trays 

Strong and sturdy high quality 

tray storage units designed for the 

heavy demands of any classroom or 

nursery. Rounded edges. Solid beech 

lip creates a useful playtable top and 

helps prevent things rolling off. Easy 

to manoeuvre on lockable castors. 

Robust 15mm rear panel. Clear or 

coloured trays (deep, shallow or a 

combination of both). 

6 Deep Trays 

L69.5 x W46 x H84cm 

9 Deep Trays 

L101.5 x W46 x H84cm 

12 Deep Trays 

L135.5 x W46 x H84cm Made from 

mfc. Self-Assembly. 

CE01717 Clear 6 Deep Trays 

Unit 

CE01718 Multicoloured 6 

Deep Trays Unit 


Unit 



CE01688 Clear 12 Deep 

Trays Unit 



£235.46 

£235.46 

£287.94 

£287.94 

£371.14 

£371.14 


Tray Storage 

EXPRESS 

1. 24 Shallow Tray Storage 

Unit without Trays 

Great value tray storage available 

on next day delivery. Designed to 

fit Gratnells trays (not included). 

Save money and use your existing 

Gratnells trays, or buy separately. 

Wide range of Gratnells tray colours 

and sizes available. Durable units 

with solid back and tray runners. 

Units are supplied with heavy duty 

locking castors. Self-Assembly. 

CE08247 £243.14 


Unit Without Trays 

CE08248 £130.50 



CE08250 £222.66 

1 2 

24 Shallow Tray Unit 

H870 x W1050 x D480mm 

3 4 


H670 x W370 x D480mm 

FURNITURE 

4. 32 ShallowTray Storage 


CE08251 £339.14 

5. 8 Jumbo Tray Storage 


CE08252 £294.34 

6. 12 Deep Tray Storage Unit 

Without Trays 

CE08253 £268.74 


H670 x W1050 x D480mm 


H870 x W1390 x D480mm 

5 6 

8 Jumbo Tray Unit 

H870 x W1390 x D480mm 

12 Deep Tray Unit 

H870 x W1050 x D480mm 

Gratnells trays available separately. 

See Storage section. 


139

Office Furniture 


2 

1 

H723 x W478 x D650mm 


BE 

H1038 x W478 x D650mm 

OA 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 

2 letters to your order code e.g CE11471BE 

H1353 x W478 x D650mm 

Beech 

H1353 x W478 x D650mm 

1. Filing Cabinet 

Fully lockable drawers with ball bearing runners and anti-tilt mechanism. 

45kg weight loading per drawer with 100% drawer extension. Sturdy 18mm 

melamine with a choice of matching desks and pedestals. Fully assembled. 

Fully lockable drawers 

Oak 

Two Drawer CE11471BE CE11471OA £240.58 

Three Drawer CE11472BE CE11472OA £281.54 

Four Drawer CE11473BE CE11473OA £307.14 

2. Desk Pedestal 

Offering versatile and practical storage solutions, the 

Maestro storage range will keep your office organised 

and looking neat and tidy. Sturdy melamine with clean 

cut lines and minimal modern styling, with pull handles. 

Choice of matching desk range and can be configured 

to suit the requirements of any office landscape. Fully 

assembled. Just needs castors inserting. 

Code Choice Price 

CE10652 Three High £214.98 

CE10653 Two Drawer £159.94 

CE10654 Three Drawer £186.82 

H725 x W426 x D600mm 

H567 x W426 x D600mm 


BE 

OA 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to 

your order code e.g CE10652BE 

H567 x W426 x D600mm 


1. Two Drawer Desks 

Great value, durable desking with 

handy drawers for storage. Large 

draw accepts A4 and foolscap files. 

Two cable access ports. Draw pedestal 

can be fitted left or right. Complete 

with adjustable feet. Fully welded 

steel frame for strength and stability. 

Desk requires assembly, drawers fully 

assembled. Self-Assembly. 8 years 

warranty. 

CE20286 Beech L1200mm £214.98 

CE20283 Oak L1200mm £214.98 

CE20287 Beech L1600mm £227.78 

CE20284 Oak L1600mm £227.78 

CE20288 Beech L1800mm £240.58 

CE20285 Oak L1800mm £240.58 

2. Three Drawer Desk 

Rectangular desks 800mm deep 

with graphite H frame leg set. Three 

drawer fixed pedestal which can be 

fitted to left or right hand side. Sturdy 

melamine desktops with two cable 

access ports. The fully welded H frame 

leg design ensures a strong and stable 

workstation. The traditional four leg 

design is complete with adjustable 

feet. Choice of matching storage to 

complement the range. Desk requires 

assembly, drawers fully assembled. 

CE10647BE Beech L1200mm £214.98 

CE10648BE Beech L1600mm £227.78 

CE10649BE Beech L1800mm £240.58 

CE10647OA Oak L1200mm £214.98 

CE10648OA Oak L1600mm £227.78 

CE10649OA Oak L1800mm £240.58 

3. Two & Three Drawer Desk 

Rectangular desks 800mm deep with 

graphite H frame leg set. Two and 

Three drawer fixed pedestals with 

pull handles which can be fitted to 

either side. Pedestals have shallow 

drawers and one filing drawer for A4 

and foolscap files. Sturdy melamine 

desktops with two cable access 

ports. The fully welded H frame leg 

design ensures a strong and stable 

workstation. Choice of matching 

storage to complement the range. 


assembled. 

CE10650BE Beech L1600mm £345.54 

CE10651BE Beech L1800mm £383.94 

CE10650OA Oak L1600mm £345.54 

CE10651OA Oak L1800mm £383.94 

4. Double Three Drawer Desk 


graphite H frame leg set. 2 x three 

drawer fixed pedestals with three 

shallow drawers. Sturdy melamine 

desktops available in beech and 

oak with two cable access ports. 

The traditional four leg design is 

complete with adjustable feet. Choice 

of matching storage to complement 

the range. Desk requires assembly, 

drawers fully assembled. 

CE10724BE L1600mm Beech £345.54 

CE10724OA L1600mm Oak £345.54 

CE10725BE L1800mm Beech £383.94 

CE10725OA L1800mm Oak £383.94 

1 

2 

3 

4 


EXPRESS 

FURNITURE 


141



1 

2 

4 

Seat Tilt Adjustment 

Permanent contact back 

3 

Adjustable Arms 

Fixed arms 

1. Vantage Swivel Desk 

Chairs 

An economically priced, fully 

adjustable office chair. Features 

a contoured high back with 

comfortable waterfall shaped seat. 

Includes gas seat height adjustment, 

manual back height adjustment and 

the Asynchro version includes seat 

tilt adjustment. Seat height 460 - 

570mm. Back height 530mm. Overall 

width 480mm and depth 605mm. 

Seat height 570mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 1 year warranty. 

CE06115 Blue Permanent 

Contact Back 

£92.10 

CE06116 Black Permanent 

Contact Back 

£92.10 

CE20172 Red Permanent 

Contact Back 

£92.10 

CE06117 Blue Asynchro 

Mechanism 

£107.46 

CE06118 Black Asynchro 

Mechanism 

£107.46 

CE20174 Red Asynchro 

Mechanism 

£107.46 

CE07715 Blue Fixed Arms £117.70 

CE07716 Black Fixed Arms £117.70 

CE20176 Red Fixed Arms £117.70 

CE07717 Blue Adjustable 

Arms 

£143.30 

CE07718 Black Adjustable 

Arms 

£143.30 

CE20178 Red Adjustable 

Arms 

£143.30 

2. Aurora Operator Chair 

High back mesh operator office 

chair with headrest. Designed with 

durability and comfort in mind with 

an internal steel frame and deep 

padded black air mesh seat. Seat 

height 440 – 560mm, back height 

700mm, width 600mm, depth 

660mm. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE10133 £130.50 

3. Mesh Back Operator Chair 

Office chair with gas seat height 

adjustment and lockable back tilt. 

Permanent contact back with back 

height adjustment. Seat height 440 - 

560mm, back height 530mm, width 

670mm, depth 600mm. 3 years 

warranty. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE10173BL No Arms Blue £149.70 

CE10173CH No Arms Charcoal £149.70 

CE10174BL Fixed Arms Blue £163.78 

CE10174CH Fixed Arms 

Charcoal 

£163.78 

CE10175BL Adjustable Arms 

Blue 

£176.58 

CE10175CH Adjustable Arms 

Charcoal 

£176.58 

4. Tuscan High Back 

Operator Chair 

High back office chair with back 

support. The uniquely shaped back 

and headrest ensure the chair adapts 

to the users back and provides just 

the right amount of support. Pivot 

arms, weight tension control and 

tilt lock. Seat height adjustment 

470–570mm, back height 730mm. 

W690 x D600mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10151 Black Mesh £168.90 

CE10152 Blue £202.18 

CE10153 Black £202.18 

CE10154 BlackLeather £202.18 

Black leather 

Blue fabric 

Black Mesh 


Reception Furniture 

1 

EXPRESS 

1. Formal Reception Area 

Seating 

These attractive tub chairs and sofas 

will enhance any reception, lounge, 

informal meeting area or even your 

staff room . Stylish and comfortable, 

with a choice of blue fabric or black 

faux leather finishes. Supplied with 

a two year guarantee. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE06226 

CE06227 

CE06228 

CE06229 

Single Tub Black 

Leather 

Two Seat Tub Black 

Leather 

Single Tub Blue 

Fabric 

Two Seat Tub Blue 

Fabric 

£202.18 

£275.14 

£222.66 

£300.74 

2. Alto Modular Reception 

Seating 

A modular range of furniture that 

can be configured to suit any 

reception, break out area, office or 

staff room as needed. This range 

of Modular Seating offers excellent 

back support for each individual and 

creates a unique personalised design. 

CE20154 Blue Armchair no 

arms 

£206.02 

CE20160 Charcoal Armchair 

no arms 

£206.02 

CE20155 Blue Corner Seat £199.62 

CE20161 Charcoal Corner 

Seat 

£199.62 

CE20156 Blue Armchair £300.74 

CE20162 Charcoal Armchair £300.74 

CE20157 Blue Left Armchair £246.98 

CE20163 Charcoal Left 

Armchair 

£246.98 

CE20158 Blue Right 

Armchair 

£246.98 

CE20164 Charcoal Right 

Armchair 

£246.98 

H70 x W67 x L118.5cm 

2 

H780 x W770 x D640mm 

BL CH 

H70 x W67 x L67cm 

H780 x W675 x D640mm 

H780 x W580 x D640mm 

H780 x W560 x D640mm 

FURNITURE 


143


Noticeboards 

1 

2 

1. ColourPlus Lockable Noticeboards 

A stunning range of lockable noticeboards. Made in The UK 

to the highest specification and have two locks per door, full 

length glazing bars and quality hinges for extra stability in 

design. Aluminium framed trim supplied with fixings. Made 

from loop nylon. Supplied fully assembled. 1 year warranty. 


CE1515 H900 x W600mm £111.30 

CE1516 H900 x W900mm £133.06 

CE1517 H1200 x W900mm £156.10 

CE1518 H1200 x W1200mm £180.42 

CE1519 H1200 x W1800mm £300.74 

CE1520 H1200 x W2400mm £339.14 


BU CY GR LL OR PU 


e.g CE1515BU 

2. ColourPlus Framed Noticeboards 

A fantastic range of noticeboards, perfect for livening 

up your school corridors, classrooms or even your staff 

room. Designed for use with pins. Available in five sizes 

and 6 different colours. Supplied fully assembled. 


CE1527 H450 x W600mm £44.74 

CE1530 H1200 x W1200mm £69.06 

CE1531 H1200 x W1500mm £94.66 

CE1532 H1200 x W1800mm £107.46 

CE1533 H1200 x W2400mm £125.38 




e.g CE1515BU 

3 

3. ColourPlus Frameless Noticeboards 

A simple unframed styling with through the board fixings. 

Unframed noticeboards in a choice of colours. The three 

largest sizes are supplied in two parts for ease of delivery 

and installation. Made from loop nylon. Supplied fully 



CE1521 H600 x W900mm £37.06 

CE1522 H1200 x W900mm £46.02 

CE1523 H1200 x W1200mm £60.10 

CE1524 H1200 x W1500mm £69.06 

CE1525 H1200 x W1800mm £85.70 

CE1526 H1200 x W2400mm £94.66 




e.g CE1515BU 


Noticeboards 

1. Decorative Aluminium 

Framed Noticeboards 

Felt covered noticeboards with 

aluminium frame. Single sided 

anodised frame. Rounded safety 

corners. Concealed corner fixings 

with snap cover. Stable and hard 

wearing. These boards are ideal for 

classrooms, staffrooms and offices. 

Suitable for pins and staples and 

comes with wall fixings. 

1 

EXPRESS 


CE1156 

CE1157 

CE1158 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£28.10 

£38.34 

£60.10 


FROM 

£28.10 

BL GY RE 

2 

To specify your choice of colour simply 

add the 2 letters to your order code 

e.g CE1025BL & CE1156BL 

2. Decorative Framed Lockable 

Noticeboards 

Satin silver aluminium framed lockable noticeboards with 

a felt fabric cover. Rounded safety corners and concealed 

corner fixings. The doors are virtually shatterproof. These 

boards are ideal for classrooms, staffrooms and offices. 

Suitable for pins and staples and come with wall fixings. 


FURNITURE 

CE1026 

H900 x 

W600mm 

£86.98 

CE1027 

CE1024 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£108.74 

£214.98 

FROM 

£86.98 

CE1025 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£234.18 

3. Eco Friendly Wooden Framed 

Noticeboards 

This range offers an environmental choice at an 

economical price. Almost entirely constructed from 

timber bi-products and recycled materials. 35mm wide 

oak effect frame. These boards can be mounted portrait 

or landscape with concealed fixings provided. 

3 


CE1509 

H600 x 

W900mm 

£38.34 

CE1510 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

£52.42 

CE1511 

CE1512 

CE1513 

H1200 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1500mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£65.22 

£80.58 

£98.50 


BL BU RE GR GY 

CE1514 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£115.14 


e.g CE1509BL 


145


Whiteboards & Easels 

1 

2 

3 

1. Coloured Edge Wall Mounted Whiteboard 

Practical, wall mounted whiteboards with an attractive 

coloured edge trim. Non-magnetic, double sided with a 

modern coloured curve. Colour co-ordinated fixing kit 

included. Plain on one side, with a grid on the reverse, 

ideal for mounting side by side. Suitable for portrait 

or landscape use. Made from plastic. Supplied fully 

assembled. 


CE1010 

CE1006 

CE1007 

CE1008 

CE1009 

2. Mobile Height Adjustable 

Whiteboard 

These double-sided, mobile whiteboards 

are easy to manoeuvre between 

classrooms. The stands have locking 

castors and stability bar. Portrait or 

landscape orientation available. Nonmagnetic 

whiteboard is plain on one side 

with a feint grid on the reverse. Magnetic 

whiteboard is plain on both sides. Height 

adjustable by 210mm. 5 year warranty 

CE06705 Non-Magnetic 

W900mm 

£133.06 


W1200mm 

£149.70 


W1500mm 

£177.86 


W1800mm 

£186.82 

CE06709 Magnetic W900mm £149.70 




3. Swivel Writing Board 

A double sided swivel whiteboard that 

rotates 360 degrees on the horizontal axis. 

The magnetic board is plain on both sides 

and the non-magnetic board is plain on 

one side and a grid on the other. Comes 

with locking castors and a stability bar. 5 

year manufacturers warranty. 

CE10494 

CE10489 

CE10487 

CE10488 

CE10492 

CE10490 

CE10493 

CE10491 

CE10495 

CE10496 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1500mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 


BK BL RE 

Magnetic H1200mm 

W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H900mm W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200mm W900mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200mm 

W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200mm 

W1500mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200mm 

W1800mm 


W900mm 


W1200mm 


W1500mm 


W1800mm 

£30.66 

£46.02 

£61.38 

£74.18 

£98.50 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order 

code e.g CE1010BL 

£209.86 

£159.94 

£136.90 

£150.98 

£174.02 

£177.86 

£195.78 

£190.66 

£235.46 

£262.34 


1. Mobile Presentation 

Whiteboard and Flipchart 

Mobile magnetic flipchart and dry 

wipe easel, ideal for classrooms, 

meeting rooms or even staff rooms. 

Height adjustable between 175cm 

and 200cm. Flipchart clamp to take 

standard A1 flipchart pads. Choose 

from: red, blue, black, green, grey, 

white. H200 x W69 x L90cm. Made 

from metal. 

CE07836 Red £130.50 

CE07837 Blue £130.50 

CE07838 Black £130.50 

CE07839 Green £130.50 

CE07840 Grey £130.50 

CE07841 White £130.50 

1 

Whiteboards & Easels 

EXPRESS 

2. Height Adjustable 

Flipchart Easel 

This lightweight, all-in-one, doublesided 

flipchart easel is also height 

adjustable. Available in five colours. 

Magnetic drywipe surface. Tilts and 

rotates for ease of use. Full length 

tip-up pen ledge on one side. H1750 

x W800 x D600mm. Made from 

metal. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE07842 Red £104.90 

CE07843 Blue £104.90 

CE07844 Green £104.90 

CE07845 Black £104.90 

CE07846 Grey £104.90 

CE07847 White £104.90 

2 

FURNITURE 

Small ledge for pens 


147

Helping you choose the right solution... 

1. 

choose your height British Standards seat to table height guide 

2. 

Choose 

your 

frame 

Fully Welded 

Spirally stacks 

up to 4 high 

Crush Bent 

Nest stacks 

up to 8 high 

3. Choose 4. Choose 

your your 

5. 

shape colour 

Rectangular, Square, 

Trapezoidal or Circular 

EXPRESS DELIVERY 

Next Day Delivery 

In stock items are available for NEXT 

DAY DELIVERY. Please call 0800 318686 

before 12 noon to request this service 

(UK mainland only). Please check items 

on our website for up to date delivery 

timescales. 

Beech, grey or coloured 

laminate tabletops 

7-10 Day Delivery 

We have a selected range of 

tables and chairs that can be 

delivered on a faster than normal 

service (subject to vehicle 

scheduling). Usually these items 

are made to order so can take 

longer to arrive. 

See our Express Delivery range of furniture on pages 134 - 147 

Choose 

your 

edge 

MDF polished edge or 

PU edge in different colours 

September Delivery 

Items requiring delivery for 

September are best ordered 

before the end of May to allow for 

manufacturing during this busy 

time. If you can receive delivery 

during school holidays, please 

call 0800 318686 so we can help 

to arrange this. 


Great Value Valencia 

Classroom Chair 

Available in 5 seat heights and 

5 colours. Search ‘Valencia 

Classroom Chair’ on our website 

for more information. 

See Pages 168 to 175 

for coordinating 

storage and tables 

30 

PACKS FROM 

₤428 

TABLES & CHAIRS 

FURNITURE 

Seat Height Code Price 30pk 

210 mm CE10312 £547.84 

260 mm CE10308 £586.24 

310 mm CE10309 £624.64 

350 mm CE10310 £663.04 

380 mm CE10311 £701.44 


BL RE YE VG PU 


e.g CE10312BL 


149

FURNITURE TABLES & CHAIRS 

Great Value Affinity 

Classroom Chair 

Great value classroom chair available in 6 seat heights. 

30pks are only available in Blue, Red and Lime. 

See page 152 for more details on the full range. 

PACK OF 

30 

High grade 

polypropylene shell 

Stackable up 

to 10 high 

6 

FROM 

£14.07 

PER CHAIR 

only on Blue 

Age Size Guide 

AgeHeight 

3-4 260mm 

4-6 310mm 

6-8 350mm 

8-11 380mm 

11-14 430mm 

14 - Adult 460mm 

Seat Height 

1 30 

260 mm CE1182 £14.07 CE10388 £409.22 

310 mm CE1183 £14.71 CE10389 £428.42 

350 mm CE1184 £15.35 CE10391 £447.62 

380 mm CE1185 £17.27 CE10393 £505.22 

430 mm CE1186 £17.91 CE10390 £524.42 

460 mm CE1187 £18.55 CE10392 £543.62 


BL LI RE 


e.g CE10388BL 


Classroom Chairs 

1 


1. Postura Plus Chairs 

Ergonomically designed, one piece chair, promoting 

good posture and exceptional comfort. Angled back 

and legs provide excellent stability and help to prevent 

tipping and rocking. Super strong, this polypropylene, 

one piece chair is low maintenance and easy to keep 

clean, wipe down and spray with sanitiser. No moving 

parts, no high-wear materials, ideal for creating safer 

learning spaces. 

Manufactured from solid injection moulding, so the 

hollow legs are firmly fixed, resist being twisted and 

require no maintenance. 

Seat Height 1-29 1 30 30 Pack 

260 mm CE0445 £23.62 CE0918 £702.08 

310 mm CE0395 £24.26 CE0938 £721.28 

350 mm CE0286 £25.54 CE0179 £759.68 

30 

PACK OF 

FROM 

£23.62 

FURNITURE 

380 mm CE0742 £26.82 CE0435 £798.08 

430 mm CE0411 £29.38 CE0450 £874.24 

460 mm CE0100 £31.94 CE0101 £951.68 

260mm only available in IB, FG, SY, PR 

Stack up to 12 high 

SG AG PR SY TZ WA LZ FG AB IB PB GC 

SLATE 

GRCA 

ASH 

GRCA 

POPPY 

RED 

SUN 

YELLOW 

TANGERINE RED 

FIZZ 


LIME 

ZEST 

FOREST 

GREEN 

AQUA 

BLUE 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g 839-CE0395SG 

INK 

BLUE 

POWDER 

BLUE 

GRAPE 

CRUSH 


151



1 

FROM 

£14.07 

Seat Height 11-29 30 30Pack 

260 mm CE1182 £14.07 CE10388 £409.22 

310 mm CE1183 £14.71 CE10389 £428.42 

350 mm CE1184 £15.35 CE10391 £447.62 

380 mm CE1185 £17.27 CE10393 £505.22 

430 mm CE1186 £17.91 CE10390 £524.42 

460 mm CE1187 £18.55 CE10392 £543.62 

2 

Please note that 30pk is not available in Purple. 

Express delivery is available on selected lines. 

See page 135. 


BL LI RE PU 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your 

order code 

e.g CE1182BL 

1. Affinity Chairs 

Durable classroom chair in a range 

of height and colours. Features 

a high quality steel frame and a 

high grade polypropylene shell. 

Tested to EN1729 part 2. Six year 

manufacturer’s warranty. Stackable 

up to eight chairs high. Made 

from polypropylene. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

FROM 

£16.63 

Seat Height 11-29 30 30 Pack 

260 mm CE1176 £16.63 CE1500 £473.22 

310 mm CE1177 £17.91 CE1501 £511.62 

350 mm CE1178 £20.47 CE1502 £588.42 

380 mm CE1179 £21.06 CE1503 £606.08 

430 mm CE1180 £21.75 CE1504 £626.82 

460 mm CE1181 £23.03 CE1505 £665.22 

2. Series E Chairs 

This classic classroom chair offers a durable and cost 

effective seating solution. Frames are constructed 

of high quality steel and are painted with leatherite 

paint for ultimate durability. Stackable up to eight 

high. Manufacturer’s warranty 10 years. Made from 

polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled. 


BL CH GR LI OR PU RE SA YE 


e.g CE1176BL 

152 

sales@creative-activity.co.uk www.creative-activity.co.uk

1. NP Classroom Chairs 

A robust, comfortable classroom chair 

that stacks safely up to 8 high. Available 

in six seat heights and a range of 

colours. Strong fully welded frame with 

tamperproof fixings, wipe clean seats 

and hard wearing, non-scratch nylon 

feet. Fully BSEN 1729 compliant. Delivery 

within 7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle 

scheduling) is available on selected lines. 

Made from polypropylene. Supplied fully 

assembled. 5 years warranty. 

Express delivery is available on 

selected lines. See page 134. 

Seat Height 

Black Frame 

1 

Grey Frame 

Price 

260 mm CE1224 CE1230 £21.11 

310 mm CE1225 CE1231 £22.39 

350 mm CE1226 CE1232 £23.67 

380 mm CE1227 CE1233 £24.95 

430 mm CE1228 CE1234 £26.23 

460 mm CE1229 CE1235 £27.51 

FROM 

£21.11 


30 Pack Codes 

Code Seat Height Price 

CE1445 260 mm £626.82 

CE1446 310 mm £665.22 

CE1447 350 mm £703.62 

CE1448 380 mm £742.02 

CE1449 430 mm £780.42 



BL GR LG LI OR PU RE 

2 

FROM 

£23.03 


e.g CE11224BL & CE1445YE 

h 

FURNITURE 

2. ST Classroom Chairs 

A comfortable and supportive classroom chair that stacks 

up to 10 high. Ergonomically designed with anti-tilt and 

to correct posture. Supplied with a Duraform Speckled 

light grey frame and complies to BSEN 1729 Standards. 

15 year manufacturer’s warranty. Delivery within 7 - 

10 days (subject to vehicle scheduling) is available on 

selected lines. Made from polypropylene. Supplied fully 


Seat Height 1-29 1 30 Pack 30 

260 mm CE10027 £23.03 CE10718 £678.02 

310 mm CE10028 £24.31 CE10719 £716.42 

350 mm CE10029 £27.46 CE10720 £810.88 

380 mm CE10030 £28.10 CE10721 £830.08 

430 mm CE10031 £33.86 CE10722 £1,002.88 

460 mm CE10032 £34.50 


BL CH GR LI LL OR PU RE SF YE 


e.g CE10027BL & CE10718BL 


153



1 

2 

1 30 

260 mm CE10178 £29.38 CE10671 £855.68 

310 mm CE10179 £30.66 CE10672 £894.08 

350 mm CE10181 £31.94 CE10673 £932.48 

380 mm CE10180 £33.22 CE10674 £970.88 

430 mm CE10182 £34.50 CE10675 

£1,009.28 

460 mm CE10183 £35.78 


FROM 

£29.38 


e.g CE10178BL 

1. Chair 2000 

A classic look chair, that is extremely 

strong and durable and excellent 

value for money. Stackable up 

to 7 chairs high. Supplied with 

a Duraform Speckled Light Grey 

Frame. Made from polypropylene. 

Supplied fully assembled. 

BL CH GR LL OR PU RE SF YE TY 

2. BS Chair 

A durable two piece constructed chair that offers excellent lumbar support. Can be stacked up to 

5 chairs high and is supplied with a 5 year manufacturers warranty. 


CE11059 310 mm £29.38 

CE11058 260 mm £28.79 

CE11060 350 mm £31.35 

CE11061 380 mm £31.94 

CE11062 430 mm £37.06 

CE11063 460 mm £38.34 


BL CH GR LL OR 

RE SF YE TY 

PU 


e.g CE11059BL 



1. EN ONE Posture Chair 

COMFORT. Exceptional 

ergonomics, comfort and a 

modern look provide the user with 

the ideal seating position. R 

STRENGTH. REinforced 

polyproylene ensures greater 

strength and durability, yet ligher 

in weight 

STACKABLE. The chair stacks easily 

for efficient storage, up to 21 

chairs within a 2 metre height. 

LIGHTWEIGHT. The lighest onepiece 

plastic chair in the market. 

WARRANTY. Now with a 21 year 

guarantee. the longest warranty on 

the market for a one-piece plastic 

chair. 

WASHABLE. Easy to clean and no 

parts to maintain. 

ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY. 

Uses less materials than any other 

chair in its class. Made from fully 

recycable materials. 

SECURE LINKING. Optional linking 

device to aid compliance with 

health and safety regulations. 

1 

Stack up to 21 high 

Seat Height Code Price 

260 mm EN1260 £17.59 

310 mm EN1310 £18.69 

350 mm EN1350 £19.79 

380 mm EN1380 £20.89 

430 mm EN1430 £22.99 

460 mm EN1460 £23.99 

School’s 

Preferred 

Choice 


BE COMFORTABLE 

one 

White 

Velvet 

Purple 

Cherry 

Red 

Choose your smile colours available 

Mandarin 

Orange 

21 

YEAR 

WARRANTY 

Bananna 

Yellow 

Lime 

Green 

Sky 

Blue 

Royal 

Blue 

Night 

Grey 

Black 

*size 6 

FURNITURE 

2. Titan One Piece Chair 

Ergonomic design which encourages correct posture. 

Anti-tilt unique leg system prevents children leaning 

back. Lightweight and stackable: up to 12 high The 

first one piece polypropylene chair that has attained 

EN1729 Parts 1 and 2 Certification. The benefit of a fully 

polypropylene chair is its longevity (15 years), comfort 

and safety and the Titan achieves this and more. Good 

posture not only means our children will be healthier, it 

also means that they should be more comfortable and 

therefore more attentive in class. 

2 


CE10967 260 mm £23.62 

CE10968 310 mm £24.26 

CE10969 350 mm £25.54 

CE10970 380 mm £26.82 

CE10971 430 mm £29.38 

CE10972 460 mm £31.94 

260mm only available in 

BL, RE, YE, GR, SB 


BL RE YE LI GR SB OR PU 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE10967BL 


155

Crush Bent Tables 


Our Crush Bent Tables come in all shapes and sizes, allowing you to create bespoke layouts to make the most 

effective use of your space. These tables are lightweight and stackable, which means they are easy to move and 

rearrange. The tabletops are hard wearing, with a rounded MDF finish. 

There are a number of different table top colours to choose from that team nicely with the durable, steel grey 

frame, powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity. Coloured edging is also available, as are matching 

teaching desks, see pages 162-163. 

1 

Stacks up to 8 tables high 

FROM 

£421.75 

1. Crush Bent Table 4pk NP 

Chair 

Express delivery classroom packs 

of 4 x Crush Bent Rectangular 

Tables and 8 x NP Classroom Chairs. 

Time saving value pack, ideal for 

classroom refurbs or new classroom 

set ups. Includes 4 x Crush Bent 

Rectangular Tables in a duraform 

light grey speckled frame, and 8 

x NP Classroom Chairs. Table top 

available in a Beech, Blue or Grey. 

Chairs are available in 310, 350 and 

380mm seat heights and in Blue, 

Green, Lime, Red and Purple. Table 

is available in L110 x W55cm and 

in heights 530, 590 and 640mm. 

Delivery within 7 - 10 working days 

(subject to vehicle scheduling). 

Table Height BeechTop BlueTop GreyTop 

31 cm CE10949 CE10952 CE10955 £421.75 

35 cm CE10950 CE10953 CE10956 £431.99 

38 cm CE10951 CE10954 CE10957 £442.23 

GREAT VALUE PACK 

4 x Crush Bent Tables and 

8 x NP Chairs 

Chair Colours available 

BL GR LI PU RE 

To specify your choice of chair colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code 

e.g CE10274AB 



1 

Stacks up to 8 tables high 

2 


1. Rectangular Crush Bent Tables 

Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1314 CE1315 

53 cm CE1320 CE1321 

59 cm CE1326 CE1327 

64 cm CE1332 CE1334 

71 cm CE1342 CE1339 

£65.22 £72.90 

L60 x W60cm 

2. Square Crush Bent Tables 

Code Height Price 

CE1316 46 cm £65.22 

CE1322 53 cm £65.22 

CE1328 59 cm £65.22 

CE1335 64 cm £65.22 

CE1338 71 cm £65.22 

Express delivery 

is available on 


See page 137. 


RE BL BE AI GY 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE1316BE 

FURNITURE 

3 

4 

Diameter 100cm 

L110 x W55cm or L120 x W60cm 

3. Circular Crush Bent Tables 4. Trapezoid Crush Bent Tables 


CE1317 46 cm £120.26 

CE1323 53 cm £120.26 

CE1329 59 cm £120.26 

CE1336 64 cm £120.26 

CE1496 71 cm £120.26 

Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

Price 

46 cm CE1318 CE1319 £78.02 

53 cm CE1324 CE1325 £78.02 

59 cm CE1330 CE1331 £78.02 

64 cm CE1337 CE1333 £78.02 

71 cm CE1340 CE1341 £78.02 


157



1 2 

1. Crush Bent PU Edge Rectangular Tables 

Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1349 CE1355 

53 cm CE1350 CE1356 

59 cm CE1351 CE1357 

64 cm CE1352 CE1358 

71 cm CE1353 CE1359 

76 cm CE1354 CE1360 

Tabletop Colour 

Table Edge Colour 

L110 x W55cm or 

L120 x W60cm 

£86.98 £90.82 


2. Crush Bent PU Edge Square 

AB AG AR BB BG BR 

L60 x W60cm 


CE1373 46 cm £78.02 

CE1374 53 cm £78.02 

CE1375 59 cm £78.02 

CE1376 64 cm £78.02 

CE1377 71 cm £78.02 

CE1378 76 cm £78.02 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE1373BG 

3 

3. NEW Teacher’s Desk 

The fully welded teacher’s desk is 

the perfect match to the standard 

fully welded classroom table range. 

Each desk is fitted with an integrated 

modesty panel and under-desk 

pedestal. Choose from two drawer or 

three drawer option. Manufactured 

from 28mm grey steel frame and a 

duraform spray PU edge. Lockable 

top drawer supplied with two keys. 



H76 x W120 x D60cm 


Crush Bent Tables - PU Edge 


FROM 

£93.38 





To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE1373BG 

FURNITURE 

1 2 



L120 x W60cm 

1. Crush Bent PU Edge Circular 


CE1343 46 cm £133.06 

CE1344 53 cm £133.06 

CE1345 59 cm £133.06 

CE1346 64 cm £133.06 

CE1347 71 cm £133.06 

CE1348 76 cm £133.06 

2. Crush Bent PU Edge Trapezoid 

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1361 CE1367 

53 cm CE1362 CE1368 

59 cm CE1363 CE1369 

64 cm CE1364 CE1370 

71 cm CE1365 CE1371 

76 cm CE1366 CE1372 

£93.38 £97.22 

Age Size Guide 

Age Table Height 

3-4 46cm 

4-6 53cm 

6-8 59cm 

8-11 64cm 

11-14 71cm 

14 - Adult 76cm 


159

Fully Welded Tables 


Our Fully Welded Tables are manufactured using a 25mm steel square tube offering strength and stability. 

A range of shapes and sizes are available, allowing you to create a classroom layout to suit your needs. The 

tabletops are hard wearing, with MDF edging and are easy to wipe clean. Coloured edging is also available, please 

see page 163. 

1 

FROM 

£472.95 

Spiral stacking 

Table Height 

BeechTop BlueTop GreyTop 

38 cm CE10958 CE10961 CE10964 £472.95 

43 cm CE10959 CE10962 CE10965 £483.19 

46 cm CE10960 CE10963 CE10966 £493.43 

GREAT VALUE PACK 

4 x Fully Welded Tables and 

8 x NP Chairs 

1. Fully Welded Table 4pk NP Chair 

Express delivery classroom packs of 4 x Fully Welded Rectangular Tables and 

8 x NP Classroom Chairs. Time saving value pack, ideal for classroom refurbs 

or new classroom set ups. Includes 4 x Crush Bent Rectangular Tables in 

a duraform light grey speckled frame, and 8 x NP Classroom Chairs. Table 

top available in a Beech, Blue or Grey. Chairs are available in 380, 430 and 

460mm seat heights and in Blue, Green, Lime, Red and Purple. Table is 

available in L120 x W60cm and in heights 640, 710 and 760mm. Delivery 

within 7 - 10 working days (subject to vehicle scheduling). 

Chair Colours available 

BL GR LI PU RE 

To specify your choice of chair colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code 

e.g CE10274AB 



1 

1. Rectangular Fully Welded Tables 


L120 x W60cm 

2 

L60 x W60cm 


Table Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1248 CE1254 

53 cm CE1249 CE1255 

59 cm CE1250 CE1256 

64 cm CE1251 CE1257 

71 cm CE1252 CE1258 

76 cm CE1253 CE1259 

Express delivery 

is available on 


See page 137. 

£65.22 £72.90 


2. Square Fully Welded Tables 

AI BE BL GY RE 


CE1272 46 cm £65.22 

CE1273 53 cm £65.22 

CE1274 59 cm £65.22 

CE1275 64 cm £65.22 

CE1276 71 cm £65.22 

CE1277 76 cm £65.22 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE1272BE 

FURNITURE 

3 

4 



L120 x W60cm 

3. Circular Fully Welded Tables 4. Trapezoidal Fully Welded Tables 


CE1242 46 cm £120.26 

CE1243 53 cm £120.26 

CE1244 59 cm £120.26 

CE1245 64 cm £120.26 

CE1246 71 cm £120.26 

CE1247 76 cm £120.26 

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm 

Price 

46 cm CE1260 CE1266 £78.02 

53 cm CE1261 CE1267 £78.02 

59 cm CE1262 CE1268 £78.02 

64 cm CE1263 CE1269 £78.02 

71 cm CE1264 CE1270 £78.02 

76 cm CE1265 CE1271 £78.02 


161

Tray Tables 


1 

1. Crush Bent Tray Tables 

Ideal where storage space is limited, these tables 

come with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners 

underneath the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with 

beech effect or coloured PU edging, plus a range of 

tray colours. Non-stackable. • Table size: L110 x W55. 

• Age 4-6 - H53cm 

• Age 6-8 years - H59cm 


• Tray size: L42.7 x W31.2 x H7.5cm. 

5 year manufacturer’s warranty. Made from mdf. 


Ailsa Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Ailsa Top, Blue 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Grey 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Red 

Edge 

Grey Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Grey Top, Blue 

Edge 

Grey Top, Grey 

Edge 

Grey Top, Red 

Edge 

53 cm 59 cm 64 cm 

Price 

CE1379 CE1383 CE1387 £108.74 

CE1380 CE1384 CE1388 £126.66 

CE1381 CE1385 CE1389 £126.66 

CE1382 CE1386 CE1390 £126.66 

CE1391 CE1395 CE1399 £108.74 

CE1392 CE1396 CE1400 £126.66 

CE1393 CE1397 CE1401 £126.66 

CE1394 CE1398 CE1402 £126.66 

Tray Colours available 

BL GR GY RE 

To specify your choice of Tray colour simply add the 2 letters 

to your order code e.g CE1403BL 

Ailsa Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Ailsa Top, Blue 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Grey 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Red 

Edge 

Grey Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Grey Top, Blue 

Edge 

Grey Top, Grey 

Edge 

Grey Top, Red 

Edge 

53 cm 59 cm 64 cm 

Price 

CE1403 CE1407 CE1411 £108.74 

CE1404 CE1408 CE1412 £126.66 

CE1405 CE1409 CE1413 £126.66 

CE1406 CE1410 CE1414 £126.66 

CE1415 CE1419 CE1423 £108.74 

CE1416 CE1420 CE1424 £126.66 

CE1417 CE1421 CE1425 £126.66 

CE1418 CE1422 CE1426 £126.66 

2 

2. Fully Welded Tray Tables 

Ideal where storage space is limited, these tables come 

with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners underneath 

the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with beech effect or 

coloured PU edging, plus a range of tray colours. Nonstackable. 

• Table size: L110 x W55. 

• Age 4-6 - H53cm 



• Tray size: L42.7 x W31.2 x H7.5cm. Made from mdf. 

Supplied fully assembled. 5 years warranty. 


1 


L120 x W60cm 

1. Fully Welded PU Edge Rectangular Tables 

Fully Welded Tables - PU Edge 

2 

L60 x W60cm 


Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1284 CE1290 

53 cm CE1285 CE1291 

59 cm CE1286 CE1292 

64 cm CE1287 CE1293 

71 cm CE1288 CE1294 

76 cm CE1289 CE1295 

£86.98 £90.82 

2. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Square 


CE1308 46 cm £78.02 

CE1309 53 cm £78.02 

CE1310 59 cm £78.02 

CE1311 64 cm £78.02 

CE1312 71 cm £78.02 

CE1313 76 cm £78.02 





To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order code e.g CE1308BB 

FURNITURE 

4 

3 


L120 x W60cm 

Diameter 60cm 

4. Fully Welded Table Coloured Edge Trapezium 

3. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Circular 


CE1278 46 cm £133.06 

CE1279 53 cm £133.06 

CE1280 59 cm £133.06 

CE1281 64 cm £133.06 

CE1282 71 cm £133.06 

CE1283 76 cm £133.06 

Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1296 CE1302 

53 cm CE1297 CE1303 

59 cm CE1298 CE1304 

64 cm CE1299 CE1305 

71 cm CE1300 CE1306 

76 cm CE1301 CE1307 

£93.38 £97.22 


163

Classroom Tables 


1 

W1100 x D550mm 

W1100 x D550mm 

Diameter 1100mm 

Shape 

1. NEW Coloured Frame 

Tables 

These bright and attractive tables 

are designed to nest they feature 

round tubular legs and have a 

18mm MDF laminate top with MDF 

polished edges. This range is stylish, 

durable and fantastic value for 

money. Supplied with matching top 

and frame colour. 


RE 

GR 

460 mm 530 mm 

YE 

BL 

To specify your choice of colour 

simply add the 2 letters to your order 

code e.g CE11536RE 

Price 

Rectangle CE11536 CE11537 £76.79 

Trapezoid CE11548 CE11549 £80.63 

Circle CE11543 CE11544 £115.19 

2 

Grey 

Beech 

Maple 


Horseshoe Table 

A premium finish height adjustable 

table with a 25mm top and a spray 

PU edge in Charcoal. This oval 

shaped table is provided with height 

adjustable legs easily changeable 

with an allen key. 

The legs are height adjustable in 

25mm increments from 43cm to 

62.5cm in height, with a simple but 

secure Allen Key system. Suitable 

for 3 to 11 years. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10244BE Beech £524.74 

CE10244GY Grey £524.74 

CE10244MA Maple £524.74 



Premium quality tables that are ideal for any classroom and nursery environment. The legs are height adjustable 

in 25mm increments from 43cm to 62.5cm, with a simple but secure allen key system. All tables are self-assembly 

and made from MFC. 


Horseshoe Table 

W167.5 x D152cm. 

CE00422 Blue £336.58 

CE00424 Red £336.58 


Rectangle Table 

W150 x D75cm. 

CE10465BL Blue £216.26 

CE10465RE Red £216.26 

3. Height Adjustable Teacher 

Flower Table 

Diameter 152.5cm. 

CE10466BL Blue £314.82 

CE10466RE Red £314.82 

4. Height Adjustable Arc 

Table 

W80 x L160cm. 

CE00433 Red £223.94 

CE00434 Blue £223.94 

5. Height Adjustable Flower 

Table 

Diameter 152.5cm. 

CE00430 Red £263.62 

CE00431 Blue £263.62 

2 

1 

3 


FURNITURE 

4 

5 


165



1 


PU RE TY SF 


e.g CE11064PU 

1. Height Adjustable Table 

Height adjustable tables featuring oval shaped legs. Easily adjustable using 

sliding metal inserts in heights 40, 46, 53, 59 and 64cm. Supplied with a 

25mm top which is finished with a grey PU duraform edge and a 10 year 

manufacturers warranty. 

Code Shape Price 

CE11064 Semi-Circle £235.46 

CE11065 Trapezoid £248.26 



1 

150cm diameter 


W140 x D59cm 

FURNITURE 


1. Enviro Classroom Tables 

Bright, colourful tables, ideal for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes. 

Conforms to BS1729: Parts 1 & 2 and all tables are supplied with a light grey 

ABS edging. Sturdy and robust yet 40% lighter than standard fixed leg tables. 

Silver anodised aluminium frame and a wipe clean 22mm laminate top. 

Requires legs to be attached. 

L120 x W60cm 


BE BL HE LI RE YE 


e.g CE0546BE 

Shape 46 cm 53 cm 59 cm 64 cm Price 

Keyhole CE11583 CE11584 CE11585 CE11586 £322.16 

Circle CE0546 CE0553 CE0559 CE0564 £235.46 

Rectangle CE0646 CE0653 CE0659 CE0664 £170.18 

Daisy CE0846 CE0853 CE0859 CE0864 £248.26 

Trapezoid CE11639 CE11640 CE11641 CE11642 £176.63 



167

Valencia Range 


1 

1. Valencia Classroom Sets 

Designed to provide value for 

money when kitting out a classroom 

with furniture. Ideal for primary 

classrooms and early years. Chairs 

feature a lightweight one piece seat 

and floor saving cushioned feet. 

Chairs are stackable to 8 high and 

use a twin bar support system for 

extra durability, with 44mm steel 

legs. Chairs available in different seat 

heights to suit differernt ages: 21cm, 

26cm, 31cm and 35cm. 

Tables are height adjustable with 11 

increments from 38 - 60cm (for ages 

3 - 8 years). Adjust using a simple 

Allen key. Table tops are 28mm thick 

and edges are sealed with a durable 

vinyl strip. Table legs will need fixing 

to table tops. 1 year warranty. Self- 

Assembly. 

GREAT VALUE SET 

Kit out your classroom! 

Includes 5 tables: 

2 x Rectangular 6 

Seater 

1 x Rectangular 8 

Seater 

1 x Group Table 

1 x Flower Table 

30 x Chairs 


RE 

Red 

YE 

Yellow 

BL 

Blue 

VG 

Green 

210 mm 260 mm 310 mm 350 mm 

Red CE06778 CE06781 CE06784 CE20439 

Blue CE06779 CE06782 CE06785 CE20438 

Yellow CE06780 CE06783 CE06786 CE20441 

Green CE20430 CE20431 CE20432 CE20442 

£1,287.36 £1,325.76 £1,364.16 £1,402.56 



1 


1. Valencia Classroom Set Purple 

Designed to provide value for money when kitting out 

a classroom with furniture. Ideal for primary classrooms 

and early years. Set includes a combination of five tables, 

2 x Rectangular 6 Seater, 1 x Rectangular 8 Seater, 1 

x Group Table, 1 x Flower Table and 30 chairs. Chairs 

feature a lightweight one piece seat and floor saving 

cushioned feet. Chairs are stackable to 8 high and use a 

twin bar support system for extra durability, with 44mm 

steel legs. Chairs available in different seat heights to suit 

differernt ages: 21cm, 26cm, 31cm and 35cm. Tables are 

height adjustable with 11 increments from 38 - 60cm 

(for ages 3 - 8 years). Adjust using a simple Allen key. 

Table tops are 28mm thick and edges are sealed with a 

durable vinyl strip. 1 year warranty. 

2 

FURNITURE 


CE06749 210 mm £1,287.36 

CE06750 260 mm £1,325.76 

CE06751 310 mm £1,364.16 

CE20440 350 mm £1,402.56 

2. Valencia Three Storage Unit Offer 

Set comprising three different useful classroom storage 

units. Includes an 18 shallow tray unit with trays, tiered 

front facing book storage unit with two deep trays, 

and easy access bookcase with three shelves. Units are 

fitted with lockable castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays 

supplied are Gratnells, and in the same colours as the 

units (clear trays are supplied with Beech). 

2 

Code Colour Price 

CE11468BE Beech £889.41 

CE11468BL Blue £889.41 

CE11468PU Purple £889.41 

CE11468RE Red £889.41 

CE11468VG Vivid Green £889.41 

CE11468YE Yellow £889.41 

All items available separately. See more of the range overleaf. 


169



3 

5 

Height Adjustable Tables 

7 

1 

1. Valencia Round Table 

CE07108 Yellow £198.34 

2. Valencia Group Table 

CE07116 Yellow £223.94 

3. Valencia Flower Table 

CE07113 Yellow £227.78 

4. Valencia Rectangular 4 

Seater Table 

CE07127 Yellow £121.54 


Seater Table 

CE07121 Yellow £134.34 


Seater Table 

CE07124 Yellow £147.14 

7. Valencia Chair 

CE07138 

CE07141 

CE07144 

CE07147 

CE07150 

Yellow Seat Height 

210mm Single 


260mm Single 


310mm Single 


350mm Single 


380mm Single 

£20.42 

£21.70 

£22.98 

£24.26 

£25.54 

RE BL YE 

GR 

PU 

See Storage on page 175 

See page 155 for 

more details on our 

30 pack offers on all 

Valencia Chairs 



3 



CE07107 Red £198.34 


CE07115 Red £223.94 


CE07112 Red £227.78 


Seater Table 

CE07126 Red £121.54 


Seater Table 

CE07120 Red £134.34 


Seater Table 

CE07123 Red £147.14 


CE07136 

CE07139 

CE07142 

CE07145 

CE07148 

Red Seat Height 

210mm Single 


260mm Single 


310mm Single 


350mm Single 


380mm Single 

£20.42 

£21.70 

£22.98 

£24.26 

£25.54 

4 

7 

FURNITURE 

RE BL YE 

GR 

PU 

Co-ordinating tables and chairs also available 






171



1 


CE20405 Vivid Green £198.34 






Seater Table 



Seater Table 



Seater Table 



CE20411 

CE20412 

CE20413 

CE20414 

CE20415 

Green Seat Height 

210mm Single 


260mm Single 


310mm Single 


350mm Single 


380mm Single 

£20.42 

£21.70 

£22.98 

£24.26 

£25.54 

7 

RE BL YE 

GR 

PU 

See coordinating storage on following pages 







CE07106 Blue £198.34 


CE07114 Blue £223.94 


CE07111 Blue £227.78 


Seater Table 

CE07125 Blue £121.54 


Seater Table 

CE07119 Blue £134.34 


Seater Table 

CE07122 Blue £147.14 


CE07137 

CE07140 

CE07143 

CE07146 

CE07149 

Blue Seat Height 

210mm Single 


260mm Single 


310mm Single 


350mm Single 


380mm Single 

£20.42 

£21.70 

£22.98 

£24.26 

£25.54 

5 


3 


2 

6 

FURNITURE 

RE BL YE 

7 

GR 

PU 





See coordinating storage on following pages 


173



5 

6 Seater Rectangular Table 

1 2 


CE06757 Purple £227.78 


CE06756 Purple £223.94 


CE06755 Purple £198.34 


Seater Table 

CE06752 Purple £121.54 


Seater Table 

CE06753 Purple £134.34 


Seater Table 

CE06754 Purple £147.14 


CE06743 Purple Seat Height 

210mm Single 


260mm Single 


310mm Single 


350mm Single 


380mm Single 

CE10312PU Purple Seat Height 

210mm 30pk 


260mm 30pk 


310mm 30pk 


350mm 30pk 


380mm 30pk 

£20.42 

£21.70 

£22.98 

£24.26 

£25.54 

£547.84 

£586.24 

£624.64 

£663.04 

£701.44 

Flower Table 

Group Table 

3 

7 

BL GR RE 

PU 

YE 

Round Table 

See online for more 

details on our 30 pack 

offers on all Valencia 

Chairs 



1 

3 

2 


1. Valencia 18 Tray Storage 

Unit 

Sturdy unit with 18 shallow Gratnells 

trays to provide tidy storage. Sized 

for children to easily access. Top 

has raised edge, providing a useful 

area for displays. Supplied with 

castors to enable easy manoeuvring 

around classrooms. Trays are colour 

co-ordinated (clear trays are supplied 

with Beech). Includes trays. Coordinates 

with Valencia Classroom 

Tables and Chairs. H73 x W105 x 

D46cm. Made from mdf. Supplied 

fully assembled. 

CE10473BE Beech £345.54 

CE10473BL Blue £345.54 


CE10473RE Red £345.54 



2. Valencia Open Shelving 

Unit 

Extremely sturdy shelving unit 

for versatile classroom storage. 

Unit height provides easy access 

for children. Bottom shelf can 

accommodate two Gratnells Deep 

size trays. Fitted with lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays 

not included. H90 x W101 x D40cm. 

Made from mdf. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10476BE Beech £307.14 

CE10476BL Blue £307.14 


CE10476RE Red £307.14 



3. Valencia Front Facing 

Book Storage 

Durable and robust unit to store 

and display books face on. Shelving 

is tiered with varying depths to 

accommodate different book sizes. 

Bottom shelf can accommodate 

two Gratnells Deep size trays. 

Fitted with lockable castors for easy 

manoeuvring. Trays not included. 

H97 x W101 x D48cm. Made from 

mdf. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE10477BE Beech £345.54 

CE10477BL Blue £345.54 


CE10477RE Red £345.54 



2 3 

FURNITURE 


175


Copenhagen Range 

1 

2 

Copenhagen 

Tables 

Height adjustable 

legs (38-60cm) make 

these versatile tables 

a great choice for your 

classroom. 

Delivered flat packed, 

for easy self-assembly. 

Guaranteed to last and 

last. 

- 28mm metal powder 

coated legs 

- 3cm thick natural 

wood tabletops 

- Anti-scuff low noise 

feet 

- Durable vinyl strip 

edging 

1. Copenhagen Round Table 

Suitable for 3 to 11 years. Self- 

Assembly. Made from wood and 

metal. Diameter 90cm. 

CE07081 Red £240.58 

CE07082 Blue £240.58 

2. Copenhagen Horseshoe 

Table 

W120 x L180cm. Made from metal 

and wood. Self-Assembly. Suitable 

for 3 to 11 years. 

CE07073 Blue £422.34 

CE07074 Red £422.34 

3. Copenhagen Flower 

Shaped Table 

L120 x D110cm. Made from metal 



CE07071 Blue £287.94 

CE07072 Red £287.94 

3 

BL 

RE 

Height Adjustable Tables 



Copenhagen 

Tables 

These stylish, 

sturdy tables are 

both practical and 

attractive. Colour coordinating 

chairs and 

storage units are also 

available within the 

range. See following 

pages for more 

information. 

1 


1. Copenhagen Rectangular 

Four Seater Table 

W60 x L90cm. Made from metal and 

wood. Self-Assembly. Suitable for 3 

to 11 years. 

CE07079 Blue £186.82 

CE07080 Red £186.82 


Six Seater Table 

W60 x L120cm. Made from wood 

and metal. Self-Assembly. Suitable 


CE07075 Blue £227.78 

CE07076 Red £227.78 


8 Seater Table 

W60 x L150cm. Made from metal 



CE07077 Blue £240.58 

CE07078 Red £240.58 

2 

FURNITURE 

TABLE HEIGHT GUIDE 

AgeHeight 

3-4 46cm 

4-6 53cm 

6-8 59cm 

8-11 64cm 

11-14 71cm 

14 - Adult 76cm 

3 


177



1 

2 

Seat Height 30 Pack Price 

260 mm CE10314 £894.08 

310 mm CE10315 £932.48 

350 mm CE10316 £970.88 

380 mm CE10317 £1,009.28 

Seat Height Single Blue Single Red Price 

260 mm CE07059 CE07060 £31.94 

310 mm CE07061 CE07062 £33.22 

350 mm CE07063 CE07064 £34.50 

380 mm CE07065 CE07066 £35.78 


BL 

RE 

To specify your choice of colour simply 

add the 2 letters to your order code 

e.g CE10313BL 

1. Copenhagen Chair 

These chairs are designed to be 

both robust and sturdy and able 

to withstand the busy classroom 

environment. Available in five 

heights and two colours. Supplied 


2. Copenhagen Three Tiered 

Bookcase 

This unit features three tiered 

compartments each with forward 

facing book storage. The raised front 

lip ensures books do not topple 

forward. H58 x L90 x D30.5cm. Made 

from mdf. Self-Assembly. 

CE07083 Blue £241.86 

CE07084 Red £241.86 

3. Copenhagen Four Tiered 

Bookcase 

Book storage with four tiered 

shelving for easy access. The raised 

front lip ensures books do not topple 

forward. H80 x W40 x L90cm. Made 

from mdf. Blue. Self-Assembly. 

CE07055 Blue £253.38 

4. Copenhagen Double 

Sided Mobile Unit 

Mobile unit with lots of space for 

book storage on both sides. Features 

three open storage cubbies at the 

bottom and eight cubbies and eight 

compartments (four on each side). 

With four castors, two locking. H90 

x W50 x L120cm. Made from mdf. 

Blue. Self-Assembly. 

CE07069 Blue £326.34 

Available in Red or Blue 

3 4 


Early Years Tables & Chairs 

Matching chairs available online 


1. Classic Solid Beech 

Rectangular Table L120cm 

A rectangular table made from 

solid beech which can seat up to six 

pupils. L120cm x W60cm 

1 2 

CE06550 H40cm £313.54 

CE06551 H46cm £313.54 

CE06552 H53cm £313.54 


Rectangular Table L96cm 

A smaller rectangular table made 

from solid beech which can seat up 

to four pupils. L96 x W60cm. 

CE06559 H40cm £281.54 

CE06560 H46cm £281.54 

CE06561 H53cm £281.54 


Square Table 

Square table with solid beech top 

and legs. Can seat up to four pupils. 

CE06556 H40cm £199.62 

CE06557 H46cm £199.62 

CE06558 H53cm £199.62 

L120 x W60cm 

3 4 

L96 x W60cm 

FURNITURE 


Circular Table 

Circular table with solid beech top 

and legs. Can seat up to four pupils. 

Dia 90cm. 

CE06553 H40cm £287.94 

CE06554 H46cm £287.94 

CE06555 H53cm £287.94 

L75 x W75cm 

Diameter 90cm 

5 6 

Diameter 90cm 

5. Solid Beech Circular Table and Chairs Offer 

CE08047 Chair H21cm, Table H40cm £505.47 



L96 x W60cm 

6. Solid Beech Rectangular Table and Chairs Offer 





179



These classic tables will blend effortlessly into any classroom. Choice of beech veneer top (below) or solid 

beech top (page 179). Legs are 4.5cm solid beech, ensuring stability. Tables require simple leg assembly only. 

Coordinating Classic Beech chairs and storage items also available online. 

Beech Veneer Rectangular: L120 x W60cm, 

Square: 75 x 75cm, Circular: Diam 90cm 

Matching chairs available online 

1 2 3 

1. Classic Beech Veneer 

Rectangular Table 

This classic table will blend 

effortlessly into any nursery or 

classroom environment. Beech 

veneer top and solid beech legs. 

L120 x W60cm 

CE03217 H40cm £227.78 

CE03218 H46cm £227.78 

CE03219 H53cm £227.78 


Square Table 

Square table with beech veneer top 

and solid beech legs. Can seat up to 

four. L75 x W75cm. 

CE03213 H40cm £186.82 

CE03214 H46cm £186.82 

CE03215 H53cm £186.82 


Circular Table 

Round table with beech veneer top 

and solid beech legs. Can seat up to 

four. Dia 90cm. 

CE03209 H40cm £235.46 

CE03210 H46cm £235.46 

CE03211 H53cm £235.46 

L120 x W60cm L75 x W75cm Diameter 90cm 

4 5 

4. Beech Veneer Circular Table and Chairs Offer 




5. Beech Veneer Rectangular Table and Chairs Offer 





Computer Desks 

1 


1. Computer Desk Height 

Adjustable 

Purposed designed computer desk 

and bench set that can be height 

adjusted in four places to suit different 

ages. Height adjusting is easy using 

a simple Allen key, accommodating 

ages 3 to 11 years. Shelf underneath 

the desk accommodates a PC tower 

unit, and cut outs at the side allow 

easy access to tower unit controls. 

Durable and sturdy with metal bar 

reinforcements underneath. Bench is 

wide enough to seat two children side 

by side. 

Desk: L90 x D55 x overall height 74cm. 

Bench: L80 x D35.5 x overall height 

43cm. 

Desk can be adjusted to worktop 

heights at: 46cm, 53cm, 59cm and 

64cm. Bench can be adjusted to seat 

positions at: 26cm, 31cm, 35cm and 

38cm. Supplied fully assembled. 

Made from mdf. 

CE10424 £281.54 

2. Beech Computer Desk 

An attractive multimedia computer 

station. Features space for storing 

of the tower unit, under counter 

shelf, pull-out keyboard drawer, 

monitor shelf. The single desk also 

has left-hand storage, the double 

desk features an extra shelf. • Double 

Computer Table: L150 x W40 x H60cm. 

• Single Computer Table: L80 x W40 

x H60cm. H60 x W40 x L150cm. 

Self-Assembly. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CE07158 Double £396.74 

3. Double Computer Desk 

Wide desk sized to fit two PCs or 

laptops side by side. Shaped edges 

provide extra comfort for children 

when in use. Robust and durable. 

Weight 38kg. H85.7 x W127 x 

D68.5cm. Made from mfc. Self- 

Assembly. 1 year warranty. 

CE20085 £275.14 

2 

3 

FURNITURE 


181

FURNITURE STORAGE 

Storage Containers 

1 

2 

3 

Storage Boxes 

Size 

Single 1 6 Pack 6 

Small CE10276 £3.83 CE10278 £16.63 

Medium CE10277 £6.39 CE10279 £31.94 

Large CE10280 £7.67 CE10281 £38.34 

AB 

Storage Box Lids 

* 

* 

* 

* 

99.9% reduction in 

surface contamination 

after 2 hours 

Provides protection 

from a variety of 

bacteria, fungi, mould 

and viruses, including 

the H1N1 flu virus 

Used by the NHS 

across the UK 

Available in 

translucent and kiwi 


CL 

RE 

PU 


to your order code e.g CE10274AB 

Size Single 1 6 Pack 6 

Small CE10284 £2.55 CE10285 £12.79 

Medium CE10286 £3.57 CE10289 £16.63 

Large CE10287 £3.83 CE10288 £19.19 

1. NEW Gratnells 

Antimicrobial Trays 

For greater infection control the trays 

known for standing up to rigorous 

daily use are now available with a 

built-in Antimicrobial protection. 

The antimicrobial protection is 

introduced to the trays during the 

manufacturing process to provide 

built-in protection against the effects 

of microbes. 

CE11510CL Shallow Clear £4.10 

CE11510GR Shallow Green £4.10 

CE11511CL Deep Clear £6.98 

CE11511GR Deep Green £6.98 

CE11512CL Extra Deep Clear £8.19 

CE11512GR Extra Deep Green £8.19 

CE11513CL Jumbo Clear £10.11 

CE11513GR Jumbo Green £10.11 

2. Stack and Store Plastic 

Storage Boxes 

Handy plastic storage boxes in a 

range of sizes to store away all 

manner of different things. Boxes 

stack neatly to help you use your 

space effectively. Clear lids, for all 

box sizes, are available separately. 

Mini: L290 x W200 x H150mm 

Small: L400 x W280 x H200mm 

Medium: L500 x W350 x H250mm 

Large: L590 x W400 x H290mm 

Made from plastic. 

3. Stack and Store Plastic 

Storage Box Lid 

Lids to fit ‘Stack and Store Plastic 

Storage Boxes’. Simple lid with 

clips at either side to fasten in place. 

Transparent, making it easier to see 

contents inside. Mini: L290 x W210 

x H10mm 

Small: L400 x W290 x H10mm 

Medium: L500 x W360 x H20mm 

Large: L590 x W410 x H20mm Made 

from plastic. Clear. 

4. Classic Storage Trays 

An exceptionally strong and sturdy 

tote tray, suitable for use with 

all the Copenhagen and Valencia 

storage units. Deep size: W26 x D35 

x H21cm. Shallow size: W26 x D35 x 

H11.5cm. Made from plastic. 

CE07087 Clear Large £6.39 

CE07089 Green Large £6.39 

CE07090 Red Large £6.39 

CE07091 Royal Blue Large £6.39 

CE07093 Clear Small £5.11 

4 

Trays designed to fit Copenhagen 

storage units 


Tray Storage 

Gratnells Storage Trays 

Gratnells, international award-winning, trays are designed for heavy educational use. Recycled and BSI tested. 

Available in a range of sizes and colours, these trays fit many school furniture items - mix and match to suit your 

needs. 

1 


CE10342 Deep £4.34 

CE10341 Shallow £2.80 

CE10343 Extra Deep £5.49 

CE10344 Jumbo £6.77 

Shallow Tray 

L427 x W312 x H75mm 

STORAGE 

Single Trays 

Deep Tray 

L427 x W312 x H150mm 

6 Pack 

Colour 

Clear 

Multi 

Price 

Shallow CE03922 CE03921 £16.63 

Deep CE03924 CE03923 £25.59 

Extra Deep CE03926 CE03925 £31.94 

Jumbo CE03928 CE03927 £39.62 

6 

PACK OF 

Save £’s with our 

multi packs of 6 

Gratnells Trays. 

Multi pack colours 

include two red, two 

yellow and two blue. 

Extra Deep Tray 

L430 x W312 x H225mm 

Jumbo Tray 

L430 x W312 x H300mm 

FURNITURE 


BL CL CY GR LI MN PU RE YE 


e.g CE10341CL 

2 

4 

PACK OF 

2. Gratnells Tray Lid Four 

Pack 

These clip-on lids provide extra 

security and fit all trays (shallow, 

deep, extra deep, jumbo). 

Translucent to see contents. Lidded 

trays can easily be stacked on top of 

each other. Clear. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 4. 

TTRAY-LR £10.23 


183

Value Tray Storage 


2 

Great Value Tray Storage 

Classroom essential tray storage unit with Gratnells trays. Durable 18mm MDF with hard wearing ABS edging. 

Supplied with castors for easy manoeuvring. Two castors are lockable to help secure the unit in position. Height 

includes castors (65mm). Trays available in a choice of colours. Multicoloured trays are supplied as shown. 

INCLUDES TRAYS 

1 

H615 x W356 x D460mm 

H615 x W690 x D460mm 


1. VALUE 6 Tray Storage Unit with Trays 

BL 

LI 

RE 

PU 

GR 

CL 

YE 

MU 

Code Description Price 

CE10613 

VALUE 6 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£117.70 




order code e.g CE10613BL or CE10612BL 

CE10612 

VALUE 12 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£170.18 


3 

Value Tray Storage 

STORAGE 

ONLY 

£209.86 

DELIVERED ASSEMBLED 

4 

H615 x W1024 x D460mm 

FURNITURE 

H757 x W1024 x D460mm 



CE10610 

VALUE 18 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£209.86 




BL RE GR YE 

LI PU CL MU 

CE10611 

VALUE 24 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£248.26 


order code e.g CE10610BL or CE10611BL 


185

Tray Storage 


Colourful mobile tray storage units, with tray colours specific to this range. Made from 18mm MFC with durable 

PVC edging and solid back. 5 year manufacturer’s warranty. Delivered fully assembled complete with Gratnells 

Pop trays as shown. Pop trays are smaller in depth compared to regular Gratnells trays, allowing for a more compact 

unit, yet still big enough to accommodate A4 paper. 

3 


FB CC LM OS PO 

Units with Pop Multicoloured (PO) have a combination of Pop tray colours, 

as shown. See website for more. 

1 

2 

5 

Search ‘Pop Storage’ 

online for more items in 

this range. 

1. Pop Storage 6 Shallow 

Trays 

H617 x W364 x D453mm. Supplied 


CE10676FB Bubblegum Fizz £145.86 

CE10676CC Cherry Cola £145.86 

CE10676LM Limeade £145.86 

CE10676OS Orange Soda £145.86 

CE10676PO Pop Multi £145.86 

2. Pop Storage 18 Shallow 

Tray 








3. Pop Storage 24Shallow 

Tray 








4. Storage Unit 8 Deep 4 

Jumbo 








5. Pop Storage 12 Jumbo 

trays 

H1067 x W1390 x D453mm. 


4 

H787 x W1390 x D453mm 

H617 x W364 x D453mm 

7 

6 

H617 x W1048 x D453mm 

H835 x W1048 x D453mm 






6. Pop Storage 12 Deep 

Trays 








7. Kinderbox 12 Shallow 

Tray 








H600 x W1048 x D453mm 



Unit without Trays 

Great value tray storage available 

on next day delivery. Designed to 

fit Gratnells trays (not included). 

Save money and use your existing 

Gratnells trays, or buy separately. 

Wide range of Gratnells tray colours 

and sizes available. Self-Assembly. 

CE08247 £243.14 



CE08248 £130.50 



CE08250 £222.66 

4. 32 ShallowTray Storage 


CE08251 £339.14 

5. 8 Jumbo Tray Storage 


CE08252 £294.34 

6. 12 Deep Tray Storage Unit 

Without Trays 

CE08253 £268.74 

Express Delivery Tray Storage 

STORAGE 

Self assembly required. 

1 2 

3 

FURNITURE 

H870 x W1050 x D480mm 

H670 x W370 x D480mm 

H870 x W1050 x D480mm 

4 

5 

6 

H670 x W1050 x D480mm H870 x W1390 x D480mm H870 x W1390 x D480mm 

Gratnells trays available 

separately (trays not included). 


187

Shallow Tray Storage 


1 

3 

2 

Multi-Coloured Trays (MU) 

ONLY 

£135.62 

Brights Trays (BH) 

1. Tray Storage Unit With 6 

Shallow Trays 

W360 x D453 x H617mm 


Shallow Trays 

W700 x D453 x H617mm 


Shallow Trays 

W1050 x D453 x H617mm 


Shallow Trays 

W1030 x D453 x H789mm 


CE0750 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 6 

Shallow Trays 

£135.62 

4 


CE0225 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Shallow Trays 

£199.62 


CE0375 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 18 

Shallow Trays 

£241.86 


CE0425 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 24 

Shallow Trays 

£326.34 

Tray colours available 

BL GR LI CY PU RE LG YE CL MU 

BH 


e.g CE0750BL 

Multi-Coloured 

Brights 



Shallow Trays 

W135.8 x D46.2 x H78.9cm 


Shallow Trays 

W135.8 x D46.2 x H70.3cm 


Shallow Trays 

1 

Shallow Tray Storage 

STORAGE 

W135.8 x D46.2 x H96.1cm 

4. Tray Storage Unit with 24 

Shallow Trays 

W135.8 x D46.2 x H61.7cm 

2 


Multicoloured Trays (MU) 

3 

FURNITURE 


CE0500 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 32 

Shallow Trays 

£409.54 


CE0475 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 28 

Shallow Trays 

£358.34 

4 


CE0575 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 40 

Shallow Trays 

£473.54 


CE0400 

Tray Storage 

Unit with 24 

Shallow Trays 

£326.34 



BH 


e.g CE0500BL 


Brights 


189


Deep Tray Storage 

1 

2 

3 



W135.8 x D45.3 x H70.7cm 


CE0150 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Deep Trays 

£345.54 


Deep Trays 


CE0275 


Deep Trays 

W135.8 x D45.3 x H70.7cm 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 16 

Deep Trays 

£435.14 


Deep Trays 

W103 x D45.3 x H121cm 


4 


CE0350 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 18 

Deep Trays 

£460.74 


Deep 6 Extra Deep Trays 

W135.8 x D45.3 x H84.2cm 


CE0800 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 8 

Deep 6 Extra 

Deep Trays 

£447.94 



BH 


e.g CE0800BL 


Brights 



Extra Deep Trays 

H85.7 x W70 x D45.3cm 

2. Tray Storage Unit With 

12 Extra Deep Trays 

H85.7 x W138.5 x D45.3cm 

3. Tray Storage Unit With 

16 Extra Deep Trays 

1 

Extra Deep Tray Storage 

STORAGE 

H111.5 x W135.8 x D45.3cm 

2 


ONLY 

£409.54 

FURNITURE 

3 


CE0675 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 6 

Extra Deep 

Trays 

£232.90 


CE0175 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Extra Deep 

Trays 

£409.54 



CE0300 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 16 

Extra Deep 

Trays 

£473.54 



BH 


e.g CE0675BL 


Brights 


191


Jumbo Tray Storage 

1 

2 

4 

3 


CE0550 


Jumbo Trays 

H73.9 x W70 x D45.3cm 


Jumbo Trays (2 wide) 

H106.7 x W70 x D45.3cm 


Jumbo Trays 

H74 x W136 x D45.3cm 

4 Tray Storage Unit With 9 

Jumbo Trays 

H106.7 x W103 x D45.3cm 


Jumbo Trays 

H107 x W135.8 x D45.3cm 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 4 

Jumbo Trays 

£268.74 



CE0700 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 6 

Jumbo Trays (2 

wide) 

£300.74 

5 



CE0825 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 8 

Jumbo Trays 

£332.74 


CE0900 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 9 

Jumbo Trays 

£409.54 


CE0200 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Jumbo Trays 

£422.34 



BH 


e.g CE0550BL 


Brights 


1. 8 Mixed Tray Storage Unit 

H97 x W70 x D45.3cm 

2. 12 Mixed Tray Storage 

Unit 

H70.7 x W135.8 x D45.3cm 

3. 16 Mixed Tray Storage 

Unit 

1 

Mixed Tray Storage 

STORAGE 

H96.7 x W135.8 x D45.3cm 

2 

3 



FURNITURE 

ONLY 

£447.94 


CE0850 

8 Mixed Tray 

Storage Unit 

£300.74 


CE0250 

12 Mixed Tray 

Storage Unit 

£383.94 


CE0325 

16 Mixed Tray 

Storage Unit 

£447.94 



BH 


e.g CE0850CY 


Brights 


193


Bubblegum Storage Range 

1 

2 

4 

AS 


CY LI TA WH 


order code e.g CE0525CY 

9 Cube 

3 

5 


CE0525 4 Cube £232.90 

CE0625 6 Cube Horizontal £281.54 

CE0650 6 Cube Vertical £281.54 

CE0775 8 Cube £326.34 

CE0125 12 Cube £409.54 

H50 x W103 x 45.3cm 

1. Bubblegum Open 

Shelving Storage Cubes 

Backless storage units in bright, 

contemporary colours. Ideal for 

dividing areas within a classroom or 

other learning environment as shelf 

contents can be easily accessed from 

both sides. Use for book storage in 

library and reading areas, or within 

the school office, staff room or 

breakout areas. 

Can accommodate up to a Jumbo 

sized Gratnells tray or our Extra Deep 

Faux Wicker Baskets. 

Supplied with a set of plastic feet. 

Inner cube: W31.6 x D45 x H31cm. 

Made from mfc. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

2. Ash Open Shelving 

Storage 9 Cube 

Ash backless storage unit. Ideal for 

dividing areas within classrooms 

or other learning environments as 

shelfs can be accessed easily from 

both sides. 

CE0875AS £345.54 

3. Low Cupboard 

Low cupboard, available in different 

widths. Useful in classrooms or the 

school office. Two compartments 

inside with one adjustable height 

shelf on each side. Complete 

with solid back, plastic feet and 

connecting pins. Can also be used to 

sit under Bubblegum Open Shelving 

Storage Cubes, available separately. 

All cupboards H500 x D453mm. 



CE10129 W70cm £294.34 

CE10130 W103cm £371.14 

CE10131 W135.8cm £422.34 

4. Bubblegum 12 Tray Unit 

Handy tray storage unit with a 

combination of clear shallow and 

coloured deep trays. Comes with 

12 trays. Available in three colours. 

Supplied with castors. H75.2 x 

W135.8 x D47.3cm. Made from mfc. 


CE07618 Cyan £435.14 

CE07619 Lime £435.14 

CE07620 Tangerine £435.14 

5. Bubblegum 15 Tray Unit 

Handy tray storage unit with a 

combination of clear shallow and 

coloured deep trays. Comes with 

15 trays. Available in three colours. 

Supplied with castors. H66.7 x W103 

x D47.3cm. Made from mfc. Supplied 


CE07615 Cyan £396.74 

CE07616 Lime £396.74 

CE07617 Tangerine £396.74 


1. Coloured Edge Lockable 

Cupboard 

Strong and sturdy lockable 

cupboards with a varying number of 

shelves to suit your needs. Available 

with two (both adjustable), three 

(one fixed, two adjustable) or five 

(one fixed, four adjustable) shelves. 2 

Shelves - W103 x D47.7 x H76.8cm 

3 Shelves - W103 x D47.7 x 

H126.8cm 

5 Shelves - W103 x D47.7 x 

H181.8cm Made from mfc. Supplied 


CE07599 H181.8cm £409.54 

CE07600 H126.8cm £358.34 

CE07601 H76.8cm £307.14 

2. Coloured Edge Tray 

Storage Units 

Tray storage range with attractive 

blue coloured edging and matching 

blue Gratnells trays. Castors supplied 

(option to fit). 6 Shallow: W360 x 

D453 x H617mm 

12 Shallow: W700 x D453 x H617mm 

18 Shallow: W1030 x D453 x 

H617mm 

24 Shallow: W1030 x D453 x 

H789mm 

8 Jumbo: W1358 x D453 x H739mm 

12 Jumbo: W1358 x D453 x 

H1067mm 

Matching blue coloured edge 

cupboards and bookcases also 

available. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE07596 6 Shallow Trays £145.86 




CE07598 8 Jumbo Trays £403.14 

CE07597 12 Jumbo Trays £422.34 

3. Coloured Edged 

Bookcases 

Sturdy bookcases with a hint of blue 

for a premium finish and adjustable 

shelves to suit your storage needs. 

Available with two (both adjustable) 

shelves, three (one fixed, two 

adjustable) shelves, or five (one 

fixed and four adjustable) shelves. 2 

shelves: W90 x D32 x H75cm 

3 shelves: W90 x D32 x H125cm 

5 shelves: W90 x D32 x H180cm 


assembled. 

CE07602 H180cm £222.66 

CE07603 H125cm £195.78 

CE07604 H75cm £170.18 

1 

2 

Coloured Edge Range 

STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

3 


195


Stacking Storage Range 

4 

1 

Storage Wall 8 Unit Offer 

Offer includes: 

16 Shallow Tray Unit, 12 Deep Tray Unit , 4 Jumbo Tray Unit, 2 x Unit with 4 open 

compartments, 6 Jumbo Tray Unit, 8 Deep Tray Unit, 24 Shallow Tray Unit. 

Trays included as per colour and size shown. Units can be stacked and configured to suit 

your needs. Overall size shown: W346 x D45.3 x H162cm. 

5 6 

7 

* 

* 

2 

Units can be stacked on 

top of one another 

Connecting pins for 

stacking provided with 

all units 

3 

1. Allsorts Tray Unit Eight 

Piece Storage Offer 

Range of tray storage units that 

can be stacked to suit your space. 

Connecting pins for stacking 

supplied, as are castors (with the 

option to fit). 

CE07649 £2,176.77 

2. Allsorts Four 

Compartment Stackable 

Unit 

CE07648 £240.58 

3. Allsorts Tray Unit Storage 

24 Shallow Trays 

CE07647 £313.54 


16 Shallow 8 Deep Trays 

CE07650 £575.94 


6 Jumbo 12 Deep Trays 

CE07651 £614.34 


12 Deep Trays 

CE07646 £313.54 


6 Jumbo Trays 

CE07645 £313.54 

16 Shallow & 8 Deep Tray Units 

See website for unit dimensions. 

6 Jumbo & 12 Deep Tray Units 

* 

* 

Units supplied fully 

assembled 

Gratnells storage trays 

included (as shown) 


Stacking Storage Range 

Flexible, stackable storage that can be customised to suit your space, be it classroom, staffroom, office or storage 

area. Units of the same size can be stacked on top of one another in any coniguration and are secured in place with 

connecting pins, supplied. Combine units that accommodate different sizes of Gratnells trays to tailor to your needs. 

1. Combination Stacking 

Tray Storage Units 

Combines the versatility of having 

either shallow or extra deep storage 

with open shelving. Two units to 

choose from: open shelf unit or unit 

with 12 shallow and four deep clear 

trays. Buy both units together and 

save! H61 x W45 x L136cm. Supplied 


CE00342 12 Shallow & 4 

Deep Trays 

£409.54 

CE00344 4 Open Compartment 

Shelves 

£268.74 

CE07653 Buy All and Save £659.14 

2. Allsorts Stackable Tray 

Storage Translucent Trays 

A flexible stacking storage system 

that can be customised to suit your 

needs. Three options available, all 

come with Gratnell’s trays: shallow 

(16 trays), deep (8 trays), jumbo (4 

trays). Assorted colours: blueberry, 

lemon, kiwi, grape. Each units comes 

complete with castors and locating 

pins which can be used when 

stacking the units together. Beech. 


CE03124 4 Jumbo Trays £294.34 

CE03125 8 Deep Trays £294.34 



1 

2 

Each unit: W135.8 x D45.3 x H61.7cm 

STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

Each unit: W70 x D45.3 x H81cm 

MAKE YOUR OWN COMBINATION! 


197


Sturdy Storage Range 

1 


Units With Deep Trays 








Robust 15mm rear panel. Clear or 

coloured trays (deep, shallow or a 

combination of both). 

6 Deep Trays 

L69.5 x W46 x H84cm 

9 Deep Trays 

L101.5 x W46 x H84cm 

12 Deep Trays 

L135.5 x W46 x H84cm Made from 



Unit 




Unit 



CE01688 Clear 12 Deep 

Trays Unit 



£235.46 

£235.46 

£287.94 

£287.94 

£371.14 

£371.14 




Units 6 Deep Trays / 16 

Shallow Trays 








Robust 15mm rear panel. Clear and 

coloured deep trays. Made from mfc. 

Self-Assembly. 

CE01694 

CE01695 

CE01696 

CE01697 

Clear Without 

Sliding Doors 

Multicoloured 

Without Sliding 

Doors 

Clear With Sliding 

Doors 

Multicoloured 

With Sliding Doors 

£447.94 

£447.94 

£511.94 

£511.94 

1 

STORAGE 

H84 x W50 x L137cm 

2. Safe Sturdy Storage Tray 

Unit 4 Jumbo Trays 








Robust 15mm rear panel. Clear and 

coloured deep trays. Made from mfc. 


CE01706 Clear 4 Jumbo 

Trays, 6 Deep Trays 


Jumbo Trays, 6 

Deep Trays 

CE01704 Clear 4 Jumbo 

Trays, 8 Deep Trays 


Jumbo Trays, 8 

Deep Trays 

£422.34 

£422.34 

£422.34 

£422.34 

2 

H84 x W46 x L137cm 

FURNITURE 

H84 x W46 x L135.5cm 

H84 x W46 x L137cm 


199



1 

1 

H87 x W101.5 x D46cm 

1. Tiered Tray Storage Unit 

Tiered storage cubbies, ideal for use 

with baskets or trays. Lipped edge 

allows tops of units to be used for 

display and prevents things rolling 

off. Tray choice clear or coloured 

(two each of red, blue and yellow). 

H87 x W101.5 x D46cm. Made from 


FTFA Right to Left Clear £307.14 

FTFA2 Left to Right Clear £307.14 

CE06840 Right to Left 

Multicoloured 

£307.14 

CE06841 Left to Right 

Multicoloured 

£307.14 

CE08068 Buy All and Save 

Clear 

£575.87 

CE08069 Buy All and Save 

Multicoloured 

£575.87 

Top Tip! 

Tiered units also available with 

wicker baskets. See pages 

overleaf, or search online. 

H84 x W46 x L69.5cm 

H80 x W40 x L69.5cm 

2. Safe Sturdy Storage Tray 

Units 3 Deep Trays 

A range of hard-wearing, high 

quality storage units designed 

and manufactured to meet the 

heavy demands of any classroom 

or nursery. Units are available with 

lockable castors, with clear and 

coloured deep trays. Made from 


CE01692 Clear 3 Deep 4 

Shallow 


Deep 4 Shallow 

CE01698 Clear 3 Deep 8 

Shallow 


Deep 8 Shallow 

£227.78 

£227.78 

£262.34 

£262.34 



Units 8 Shallow / 6 Deep 

A range of hard-wearing, high 

quality storage units designed 

and manufactured to meet the 

heavy demands of any classroom 

or nursery. Units are available with 

lockable castors, with clear and 

coloured deep trays. 

With sliding doors: L135.5 x W50 

x H84cm. Without sliding doors: 

L135.5 x W46 x H84cm Self- 

Assembly. 

CE01690 

CE01691 

CE01720 

CE01719 

Multicoloured 

With Sliding Doors 

Clear With Sliding 

Doors 

Multicoloured 

Without Sliding 

Doors 

Clear Without 

Sliding Doors 

£435.14 

£435.14 

£358.34 

£358.34 

1 


STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

Easy for children to access 

ONLY 

£358.34 


201



1 

2 

3 4 

202 sales@creative-activity.co.uk www.creative-activity.co.uk 

1. Valencia Three Storage 

Unit Offer 

Set comprising three different useful 

classroom storage units. Includes 

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays, 

tiered front facing book storage unit 

with two deep trays, and easy access 

bookcase with three shelves. Units 

are fitted with lockable castors for 

easy manoeuvring. Trays supplied are 

Gratnells, and in the same colours 

as the units (clear trays are supplied 

with Beech). 

CE11468BE Beech £889.41 


Book Storage 







Fitted with lockable castors for 

easy manoeuvring. Trays not 

included. H97 x W101 x D48cm. 


assembled. 

CE10477BE Beech £345.54 


Unit 














CE10473BE Beech £345.54 


Unit 







castors for easy manoeuvring. H90 

x W101 x D40cm. Made from mdf. 


CE10476BE Beech £307.14

1. Valencia Three Storage 

Unit Offer 

Set comprising three different useful 

classroom storage units. Includes 

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays, 

tiered front facing book storage unit 

with two deep trays, and easy access 

bookcase with three shelves. Units 

are fitted with lockable castors for 

easy manoeuvring. Trays supplied are 

Gratnells, and in the same colours 

as the units (clear trays are supplied 

with Beech). 

CE11468BL Blue £889.41 


CE11468RE Red £889.41 




Unit 














CE10473BL Blue £345.54 


CE10473RE Red £345.54 




Unit 







castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays 

not included. H90 x W101 x D40cm. 


assembled. 

CE10476BL Blue £307.14 


CE10476RE Red £307.14 




Book Storage 







Fitted with lockable castors for 

easy manoeuvring. Trays not 

included. H97 x W101 x D48cm. 


assembled. 

CE10477BL Blue £345.54 


CE10477RE Red £345.54 



1 

2 


Co-ordinating tables and chairs also available 

3 4 

STORAGE 

FURNITURE 


203



1 

2 

1. Copenhagen Tiered Book 

Storage Units 

Forward facing tiered book storage 

with matching deep trays. Choice 

of unit with either six shallow blue 

trays or three deep blue trays, giving 

plenty of space for reading materials. 

Both units are only available with 

blue sides. H80 x W120 x D30cm. 

Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 

CE07085 Deep Trays £253.38 

CE07086 Shallow Trays £253.38 

2. Copenhagen Three Tiered 

Bookcase 

This unit features three tiered 

compartments each with forward 

facing book storage. The raised front 

lip ensures books do not topple 

forward. H58 x L90 x D30.5cm. Made 


CE07083 Blue £241.86 

CE07084 Red £241.86 

3 

3. Copenhagen Four Tiered 

Bookcase 

Book storage with four tiered 

shelving for easy access. The raised 

front lip ensures books do not topple 

forward. H80 x W40 x L90cm. Made 

from mdf. Blue. Self-Assembly. 

CE07055 Blue £253.38 

Top Tip! 

Copenhagen 

coordinating tables and 

chairs also available 

See Tables & Chairs 

section, or search 

‘Copenhagen’ on our 

website. 


Back to Back Storage 

Fusion units are designed to allow more flexibility. The units can be placed back to back, providing a storage 

solution if space is limited against a wall. Anti-tile feature. Also an effective way to divide areas. Self assembly. 

STORAGE 

1. Fusion Open Bookcase 

Multi-functional bookcase that can 

be placed back to back. Ideal if wall 

space is lacking or to help create 

distinct areas within a classroom 

space. Includes three fixed shelves 

that will accommodate up to an 

extra deep size basket or tray. H100 

x W120 x D40cm. Made from wood. 

Self-Assembly. 10 years warranty. 

1 

2 

FURNITURE 

CE07897 £307.14 

2. Fusion Art Station 

A great combination of artworking 

space and storage with enough 

room for two children to work side 

by side. Includes open shelves and 

paint pot holders (paint pots not 

included). H100 x W120 x D40cm. 

Made from wood. 10 years warranty. 

CE07898 £396.74 

3. Fusion Book Storage Unit 

Book storage unit that can be placed 

back to back, ideal if wall space is 

lacking. Features three tiers for front 

facing book storage, shelf for extra 

deep sized baskets or trays. Deep 

compartment for extra big books. 


wood. Self-Assembly. 10 years 

warranty. 

3 

4 

CE07900 £396.74 

4. Fusion Costume Storage 

Unit 

Designed to store a variety of 

dressing up and role play items 

With five multi-coloured pegs, open 

shelving, cupboard with recessed 

shelving and a handy mirrored door. 


wood. 10 years warranty. 

CE07899 £396.74 


205

Cupboards 


1 

2 

ONLY 

£211.14 

1. Value Double Cupboard 

Mid height, mobile cupboard with two 

doors. Supplied with one adjustable 

shelf and lockable castors. Made from 

durable 18mm MDF with robust ABS 

edging. Easy to move. Ideal for office, 

staff room or classroom. H750 x 

W1024 x D480mm. Made from mfc. 

Supplied fully assembled. 5 years 

warranty. 

CE10614 £211.14 

2. Low Cupboard 

Low cupboard, available in different 

widths. Useful in classrooms or the 

school office. Two compartments inside 

with one adjustable height shelf on 

each side. Complete with solid back, 

plastic feet and connecting pins. Can 

also be used to sit under Bubblegum 

Open Shelving Storage Cubes, available 

separately. All cupboards H500 x 

D453mm. Made from mfc. Supplied 

fully assembled. 5 years warranty. 

CE10129 W70cm £294.34 

CE10130 W103cm £371.14 

CE10131 W135.8cm £422.34 

3. Fold And Lock Storage 

Cupboard 

Folding shelving unit, ideal where 

space is limited, or when contents 

needs to be locked away. Heavy duty 

lockable castors make the unit easy to 

manoeuvre. The strong hinge can be 

opened to 180°. Really useful if moving 

between classrooms or into storage 

spaces. H760 x W380 x L890mm. 

CE00297 £499.99 

Bubblegum shelving available separately 

Three widths available 

3 

Lockable cupboard 


Cupboards 

1 

STORAGE 

1. Lockable Mobile 

Cupboard 

A very useful unit on castors for 

storing those items and activities 

that you want locked away when 

not in use. Comes with 12 clear 

trays. The castors, two lockable, are 

non-marking. Doors are lockable and 

supplied with two keys. H81 x W45 

x L122cm. 

CA00457 £396.74 

2. Small Beech Storage 

Cupboard 

Versatile cupboard with hinged door 

system. Shelves are easily removed or 

adjusted to use top hanging rail for 

large book storage. Lockable door 

with key. H80.5 x W46.5 x L101cm. 

CE01728 £396.74 

3. Medium Beech Lockable 

Storage Cupboard 

This cabinet features space saving 

sliding doors. Manufactured from 

beech veneered panels and solid 

beech edging. H85 x W53 x L71cm. 


FMLCUP £473.54 

4. Large Beech Storage 

Cupboard 

Large cupboard with sliding space 

saving shaker style lockable doors. 

Complete with fixed shelving. 

Manufactured from beech veneered 

panels and solid beech edging. 

H133.3 x W53 x L71cm. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE01729 £575.94 

2 

3 

4 

FURNITURE 


207

Cupboards 


3 

1 

2 

1. Mixed Size Tray and 

Cupboard Combination 

Unit 

This versatile storage unit is ideal for 

classroom or office use. Comes with 

six shallow, three deep and three 

jumbo Gratnell’s trays (coloured 

or clear). The four compartment 

cupboard has two adjustable shelves 

and lockable doors. Due to the 

size of this unit it is only available 

without castors. H146 x W46 x 

L102cm. Made from wood. Supplied 


CE03117 Multicoloured £524.74 

CE03118 Clear £524.74 

2. Shallow Trays and 

Cupboard Combination 

Unit 

An ideal flexible storage solution. 

The bottom half has shallow tray 

storage, and the top half a cupboard 

with lockable doors. Features shelves 

divided into four compartments. 

Includes 24 shallow trays (coloured 

trays include red, yellow, blue). H146 

x W46 x L102cm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE00069 Coloured Trays £473.54 

CE02095 Clear Trays £473.54 

3. Cupboard with 24 

Shallow Trays 

Full height cupboard with 24 

integrated Gratnells trays. Coloured 

trays as shown in red yellow and 

blue. H1468 x W1030 x D477mm. 



CE10096 Coloured trays £537.54 

CE10097 Clear trays £537.54 


1. Cupboard with 21 

Shallow Trays 

Full height storage cupboard with 

21 integrated Gratnells trays. Tray 

colours supplied as shown. H1810 x 

W1030 x D477mm. Made from mdf. 


warranty. 

CE10094 Coloured trays £524.74 

CE10095 Clear trays £524.74 

2. Cupboard With Deep Tray 

Storage 

This versatile storage unit is ideal for 

classroom, office use or staff rooms. 

Comes with 12 deep Gratnell’s trays 

(coloured or clear). Top cabinet 

features lockable doors and two 

height adjustable shelves. Due to the 

size of this unit it is only available 

without castors. H146 x W46 x 

L102cm. Made from laminate. Beech. 




1 

Cupboards 

STORAGE 

2 

FURNITURE 

3. Cupboard With Jumbo 

Tray Storage 

This unit combines the largest 

Gratnell’s storage trays with the 

convenience of a lockable cupboard. 

Units are supplied with a choice of 

coloured or clear trays. Cupboard 

features four compartments with 

two height adjustable shelves. H146 

x W46 x L102cm. Beech. Supplied 




3 


209


Art Storage 

1 

2 

30 Racks 

1. 30 Shelf Mobile Drying 

Rack 

This compact mobile unit makes 

an ideal drying rack for childrens’ 

artwork. Features two rubber wheels 

and a push handle, making it easy to 

move. Enough racks to hold up to 30 

A2 pieces of paper. H103.5 x W65.5 

x D64cm. Made from metal. Supplied 


CE05756 £226.50 

2. Sliding Drawer A1 Paper 

Storage 

Durable, A1 size paper storage unit. 

With four drawers that glide easily 

in and out. Ideal for paper, card and 

other art materials. Available with or 

without doors. Doors are lockable. 

Mobile on lockable castors. H780 x 

W750 x L1015mm. Made from mfc. 


warranty. 

CE08285 Beech No Doors £435.14 

CE08286 Maple No Doors £435.14 

CE08287 Beech With Doors £524.74 

CE08288 Maple With Doors £524.74 

3. Millhouse Creative 

Storage Unit 

Double sided mobile unit, ideal for 

storing art and craft materials. Lots 

of compartments and shelving for 

storing different size things. Holder 

for six paint/pen pots. Includes three 

clear tubs. Lockable anti-marking 

castors. Coordinates with other items 

in the Millhouse range. H80 x W90 

x D40cm. 

CE08224 £460.74 

Search online 

for more art 

storage. 

3 


Art Storage 

1 

STORAGE 

1. Art and Craft Storage 

Unit 

Free standing unit with a variety of 

shelving and compartments. Perfect 

for art and craft storage needs. 

Tilted shelves provide easy access to 

paper. Includes pots and trays. Solid 

beech and beech MFC. Coordinates 

with other items in the Room Scenes 

range. H65 x W96 x D42cm. Made 

from wood. Self-Assembly. 10 years 

warranty. 

CE07924 £396.74 

2. Double Easel with 

Storage 

Double sided easel with magnetic 

whiteboard and chalkboard. Both 

boards have both surfaces and 

are easily reversible by simply 

unscrewing the bolts. Includes 12 

pack of pot holders and trays. Solid 

beech frame. Co-ordinates with the 

Room Scenes furniture range. H108 

x W96 x D63cm. Self-Assembly. 10 

years warranty. 

CE10228 £447.94 

3. Millhouse Two Sided 

Easel and Trolley 

Double sided easel with whiteboard 

surfaces and paper holders, with 

optional mobile stand. Holder 

tray has room for eight pots (not 

included). Trolley has a large shelf 

for storing paper and card, and two 

clear tubs. Lockable castors. 

CE08221 Two Sided Easel £294.34 

CE08222 Easel Storage 

Trolley 

£307.14 

CE10202 Easel and Storage 

Trolley 

£550.34 

2 

3 

Both boards chalkboard/whiteboard reversible 

FURNITURE 

Easel: W62 x D60 x H81cm 

Trolley: W68 x D41 x H50cm 

Search online for 

more art storage. 

Easel Storage Trolley 


211

Trolleys 


1 

3 

4 

2 

1. Wire Sand and Water 

Trolley 

An ideal mobile solution for storing 

wet sand and water play resources. 

Sturdy steel frame with six removable 

wire baskets. Three shallow plastic 

trays, ideal for catching drips or 

sand from your equipment. Lockable 

castors H88 x W44 x L110cm. 

Made from steel. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Self-Assembly. 

CE00275 £268.74 

2. Wet Play Cloakroom 

Trolley 

Ideal for hanging aprons, coats or 

costumes, with six sizable storage 

baskets for accessories. Features 

a removable drip tray, handy for 

storing wet play items as they dry. 

H114 x W60 x D50cm. Suitable to be 

used outdoors but not suitable to be 

left outdoors for excessive periods of 

time. Self-Assembly. 

FWPTY £133.06 

3. Multi Purpose Sports 

Trolley 

A fully welded sports trolley, 

complete with top basket, hooks 

either side, 6 jumbo trays and 

castors. Manufactured from a high 

quality steel to ensure it is robust, 

rigid an sturdy. Each unit supplied 

is supplied with 80mm castors, two 

of which can be locked for stability. 

Manufacturers warranty of 5 years. 

W1050mm x D430mm x H1148mm 

CE10585BL Blue £524.74 

CE10585GR Green £524.74 

CE10585RE Red £524.74 

5 

PACK OF 

6 

Each crate: L49 x W40 x H24cm 

4. Outdoor Stackable Crates 

Strong and robust containers which 

stack to form a tidy storage solution. 

Ideal for use outdoors. Allows easy 

access for children. Each crate can 

hold up to 200kg. Mobile base unit 

also available separately (crates not 

included). Pack of 6. 

CE00013 Blue Crates £176.58 

CE00014 Green Crates £176.58 

CE00015 Wheeled Unit £130.50 

5. Metal Storage Trolley 

With Nine Plastic Trays 

This multi functional robust trolley 

offers a fantastic storage solution for 

all kinds of materials and resources. 

Comes with three clear shallow trays, 

three blue deep trays, three red 

extra deep trays and castors. H77 x 

W107 x D49cm. Made from metal. 


CE06663 £275.14 

More storage trolleys 

are available online. 


Storage Containers 

1. Allstore Plastic Storage 

Box 

Heavy-duty, stackable boxes that 

are tough and durable. Suitable 

for storing a range of items from 

stationery and office supplies 

to classroom resources and PE 

equipment. 7.5L - W190 x D250 

x H160mm, 15L - W300 x D470 

x H170mm, 24L - W380 x D480 

x H190mm, 48L - W440 x D490 

x H230mm, 51L - W440 x D660 

x H230mm. Made from plastic. 


1 

48L box can be used to 

store suspension files 

STORAGE 

CE10291 Single 7.5l £6.39 

CE10292 3pk 7.5l £16.63 

CE10293 Single 15l £8.95 

CE10294 3pk 15l £24.31 

CE10295 Single 24l £11.51 

CE10296 3pk 24l £31.94 

CE10297 Single 48l £16.63 

CE10298 3pk 48l £47.30 

CE10299 Single 51l £16.63 

CE10300 3pk 51l £57.54 

2. Plastic Storage Carry Box 

Stackable plastic boxes with clips and 

carry handles. Handles sit flush inside 

the lid for easy stacking. Strong clips 

on either side for added securing 

when on the move. 5 litre box - 

W310 x D120 x H200mm , 7 litre box 

- W310 D170mm x H205mm, 13 litre 

box - W380 xD210 x H260mm.. 

CE11179 5l £7.62 

CE11180 7l £8.90 

CE11181 13l £10.18 

3. Portable Storage Caddy 

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry 

handles. The caddy comes with a 

sizable handle that can easily be 

held by adults and children alike. 

Additionally, there’s an integral 

divider to keep contents separate. 

CE11187CR Cream £8.95 

CE11187GR Green £8.95 

4. Black Storage Container 

on Wheels 

Multi-functional large black storage 

container on wheels. Heavy duty 

and suitable for indoor or outdoor 

use - not suitable to be left outdoors. 

Wheels allow for easy transportation 

when storing heavier items. W520 x 

D790 xH520mm. 

CE11450 £38.34 

5. 40L Plastic Storage Chest 

Large capacity plastic storage chest. 

40 litre capacity. Lid comes with clips 

which allows for it to be positioned 

in multiple ways as well as allowing 

for it to be fully removed. 

CE11152 £25.59 

2 

3 

4 

3 

5 

Stack to make the most 

of your storage space. 

FURNITURE 


213

Kubbyclass 

FURNITURE BOOK STORAGE 

1 

2 3 

4 

Down to the 

Nitty Gritty 

These sets are perfectly combined together as 

shown or alternatively, can be used individually. 

Individual units are freestanding and supplied 

fully assembled. They can then be positioned 

together as shown. Maple version is shown, blue 

and lime options also available in all units. 

Please see our soft furnishings section on page 

236 for rugs, cushions and beanbags, 

* 

* 

* 

Individual units are fully assembled. 

Comes with a 10 year warranty. 

Great value multi buy offer. 

1. Open Book Corner Multi 

Buy Offer 

Amazing value book corner multi 

buy offer consisting of 5 bookcase 

units. Open corner bookcases that 

are perfectly positioned together to 

create a spacious reading area for 

children whilst providing easy access 

book storage. 

CE11347BL Blue £1,759.68 

CE11347LI Lime £1,759.68 

CE11347MA Maple £1,759.68 

2. Bookcase Multi Buy Offer 

Compact bookcase set which still 

provides sufficient shelving and 

display space for your books. 

H-1500mm. Open ended bookcases 

that are perfectly positioned 

together to create a spacious yet 

compact reading area for children 

whilst providing easy access book 

storage. Unit height - 1500mm.. 

CE11348BL Blue £895.81 

CE11348LI Lime £895.81 

CE11348MA Maple £895.81 

3. Book Corner Multi Buy 

Offer 

Amazing value book corner multi 

buy offer consisting of 5 bookcase 

units. Units are spacious which 

allows for multiple children to access 

the books at once and allows for 

easy access. 

CE11349BL Blue £1,356.54 

CE11349LI Lime £1,356.54 

CE11349MA Maple £1,356.54 

4. Reading Nook Offer With 

Purple Seat Pads 

Bookcase and seating units made up 

of 5 units - a spacious reading nook 

suitable for upto 2 children, two 

wide bookcases and 2 end bookcase 

units. Perfect for creating a reading 

space in your setting. Easy access 

bookcases provide children with easy 

access to books and the addition 

of the reading nook provides them 

with the perfect space to sit down 

and read. 

CE11356BL Blue £2,046.27 

CE11356LI Lime £2,046.27 

CE11356MA Maple £2,046.27 


Kubbyclass 

1 

BOOK STORAGE 

1. NEW Display And Browse 

Offer With Seating 

Fantastic value Kubbyclass Library 

Set including acorn seating - perfect 

for libraries, breakouts spaces or 

classrooms to create a reading corner. 

Set includes 2 x KubbyClass Display 

& Browse Bookcases, 1 x KubbyClass 

KubbyHole Bookcase and 6x Acorn Bean 

Pod Seats. Providing sufficient storage 

and display space for books as well 

as comfortable seating to encourage 

children to sit down and read. Perfect 

for smaller guided reading sessions as 

well as libraries. 

Height: 1250mm, Width: 2250mm, 

Depth: 350mm 

CE11546 £2,047.94 

2. Display And Browse 

Multibuy Bookcase Offer 

Freestanding bookcase collection with 

additional removable kinderbox units at 

the base of two of the bookcases. These 

storage boxes are suitable for books as 

well as being suitable for other items 

like soft toys, cushions or stationary. 

Perfect for displaying books front on 

as seen in the images whilst also being 

perfect for stacking many books. Unit 

Height - 1500mm.. 

CE11355BL Blue £1,574.34 

CE11355LI Lime £1,574.34 

CE11355MA Maple £1,574.34 

3. NEW Easy Access Kinderbox 

with seating 

Compact yet spacious, this set is ideal 

for classrooms or settings with limited 

space who still wish to have a reading 

area. Including two comfortable Acorn 

Seating pods which encourage children 

to sit down and engage with their 

books, this set features easy access 

kinderboxes as well as drawers for 

storage too. 

CE11547 £1,274.82 

2 

3 

FURNITURE 


215

Kubbyclass 


5 10 

6 

11 

3 

8 

The Kubbyclass collection is perfect both for 

libraries as well as reading corners within 

your setting. Individual units are supplied fully 

assembled and can be used either individually or 

combined to create an immersive reading corner 

or library. This range provides children with easy 

access to books, perfect for early years as well as 

primary teaching environments. All units have a 10 

year warranty. 

1. Slimline Library Bookcase 

In Maple 

CE11225 H750mm £263.62 

CE11226 H1000mm £289.22 

CE11227 H1250mm £314.82 

CE11228 H1500mm £340.42 

CE11229 H1750mm £371.14 

CE11230 H2000mm £391.62 

3. Double Sided Library 

Bookcase In Maple 

CE11241 H750mm £396.74 

CE11242 H1000mm £454.34 

CE11243 H1250mm £511.94 

CE11244 H1500mm £569.54 

CE11245 H1750mm £627.14 

CE11246 H2000mm £686.02 

5. Left Hand Library End 


CE11288 H750mm £243.14 

CE11289 H1000mm £255.94 

CE11290 H1250mm £268.74 

CE11291 H1500mm £281.54 

CE11292 H1750mm £300.74 

CE11293 H2000mm £319.94 

FROM 

£243.14 

2. Library Bookcase In Maple 

CE11234 H750mm £319.94 

CE11235 H1000mm £345.54 

CE11236 H1250mm £371.14 

CE11237 H1500mm £396.74 

CE11238 H1750mm £435.14 

CE11239 H2000mm £460.74 

4. Right Hand Library End 


CE11247 H750mm £243.14 

CE11248 H1000mm £255.94 

CE11249 H1250mm £268.74 

CE11250 H1500mm £281.54 

CE11251 H1750mm £300.74 

CE11252 H2000mm £319.94 

6. D-End Cap Library 


CE11253 H750mm £326.34 

CE11254 H1000mm £345.54 

CE11255 H1250mm £364.74 

CE11256 H1500mm £383.94 

CE11257 H1750mm £409.54 

CE11258 H2000mm £435.14 

For additional images 

and all product 

dimensions, please see 

our website 


Kubbyclass 

12 

2 7 

1 

BOOK STORAGE 

4 

FURNITURE 

7. Internal Corner Library 


CE11267 H750mm £351.94 

CE11268 H1000mm £390.34 

CE11269 H1250mm £428.74 

CE11270 H1500mm £467.14 

CE11271 H1750mm £505.54 

CE11272 H2000mm £543.94 

8. Library Blanking Unit In 

Maple 

CE11261 H750mm £276.42 

CE11262 H1000mm £302.02 

CE11263 H1250mm £327.62 

CE11264 H1500mm £353.22 

CE11265 H1750mm £378.82 

CE11266 H2000mm £404.42 

9. Curved Library Bookcase 

In Maple 

CE11273 H750mm £647.62 

CE11274 H1000mm £793.54 

CE11275 H1250mm £934.34 

CE11276 H1500mm £1,081.54 

10. Library Seat Collection 

CE11277 Library Seat £422.34 


Upholstered Seat 

Pad - Purple 


Upholstered Back 

Pad - Purple 

11. Library Archway 

CE11280 £563.14 

12. Reading Nook Collection 

CE11281 Reading Nook £678.34 

CE11282 Upholstered Seat 

Pad - Purple 

£110.02 

CE11283 Upholstered Back 

Pad - Purple 

£110.02 


217


Bookcases & Mobile Units 

1 

1. Bookcase Display Unit 

with Storage 

Versatile double-sided unit, 

combining book storage and 

shelving in one. Five shelves for front 

facing book storage, each with a 

deep pocket to prevent books falling 

forwards.Two deep shelves, ideal for 

larger items, on the reverse. H66 x 

W66 x D61cm. Self-Assembly. 

CE00135 £232.90 

2. Book Display Storage Unit 

Double sided book storage unit. 

Forward facing book storage front 

and back with clear Perspex so 

book covers are easily visible. Can 

accommodate a variety of different 

size books. Four shelves at the front, 

and two at the back. 

Solid beech finish matches other 

items in the Rooms Scenes range. 

H108 x W96 x D43cm. Self-Assembly. 


CE20270 £486.34 

3. Single Sided Bookstand 

with Five Shelves 

This high quality bookcase features 

a wide base to prevent tipping. 

Features five shelves with deep slots 

to prevent books from bending 

or falling out, whilst still allowing 

children to browse the titles easily 

for selection. H76 x W92 x D38cm. 

Made from plywood. 

CE00134 £191.94 

1 

Extra storage space on the reverse 

2 3 



1. Deep Shelf Wooden 

Bookcase 

This unit has two open shelves for 

storing books, larger items, baskets 

or trays. Featuring a back panel, it 

can be used either against a wall or 

independently within a classroom or 

nursery setting. H61 x W92 x D33cm. 


CE00298 £133.06 

2. Bookcase Storage Unit 

with Trolley 

This attractive book unit features 

a mobile kinderbox underneath 

that tucks neatly away for easy 

storage. The top unit has four 

compartments and the kinderbox 

two compartments. Lockable castors. 


wood. Beech. Self-Assembly. 

CE06864 £243.14 

3. Curvy Shelving Units 

Set of bookcases with shelving that 

curves inwards or outwards. Team 

with the straight shelving unit to 

create a feature. Ideal in larger areas 

where space allows. Units are easy to 

manoeuvre on lockable castors. Low 

height, easy for children to access. 

Buy all three units and save. Made 

from mdf. Beech. Self-Assembly. 

CE02246 Curved Out Unit £235.46 

CE02247 Curved In Unit £235.46 

CE02248 Straight Unit £163.78 


4. 10 Cube Book Shelving 

Unit 

Multi-use storage unit suitable for a 

variety of storage needs. High quality 

units which come fully assembled 

with a 10 year guarantee. Ideal for 

using the 10 spaces for different 

context books or for different types 

of classroom supplies. 

CE11148 £358.34 

1 

2 

ONLY 

£133.06 

BOOK STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

3 4 


219



1 

2 3 

5 

1. Single Sided Mobile Book 

Browser 

Ideal for forward facing book storage 

at child height. Fitted with lockable 

castors so easily to move around. With 

six individual compartments, finding 

and storing books is easy. Available in 

a choice of two finishes. H80 x W39 x 

L92cm. Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 

1 year warranty. 

CE02319 Beech £191.94 


2. Double Sided Bookcase 

Height 1200mm 

Ideal for larger classrooms or library 

areas, a robust double sided bookcase. 

Features one fixed and four adjustable 

shelves to each side. H120 x W75 x 

D60cm. Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 

Suitable for 4 to 8 years. 

CE02311 £358.34 

3. Single Sided Bookcase 

Height 1200mm 

Bookcase with adjustable shelves and 

ledge for forward facing book display. 

Includes one fixed and four adjustable 

shelves, providing plenty of height 

options for your book storage. The 

lectern ledge on the top shelf shelf is 

included. H120 x W32.5 x L75cm. Made 


CE02309 Beech £253.38 

CE02336 Blue/Maple £253.38 

4. Double Sided Classroom 

Organiser 

A brilliant storage solution for your 

classroom or library. The product 

features 12 storage compartments and 

is fitted with lockable castors. Available 

in either beech or multi-coloured. H75.5 

x W73.5 x L93cm. Made from mdf. 


CE06404 Beech £268.74 


5. Wooden Mobile Book 

Storage Unit 

A bright and colourful mobile storage 

unit that will enhance any classroom. 

Lots of browsing and storage space 

on both sides, with 12 browser 

compartments and three large 

storage compartments underneath. 

Top compartments: W236 x D125 x 

H300mm. Bottom compartments: 

W236 x D604 x H300mm. H748 x W784 

x D604mm. Made from mdf. Self- 


CE20233 £240.58 

4 


1. Wooden Book Display 

Units 

Robust book display units make 

browsing and selection really easy. 

Available in two heights providing 

four and five tiers. Made from mdf. 

Beech. Supplied fully assembled. 

CA00644 H95cm £294.34 

CA00645 H78cm £268.74 

2. NEW Single Sided 

Bookcase 

Manufactured in an 18mm solid 

wood MDF with a bump resistant 

matching edging. Easy access for 

children. Suitable to be freestanding 

as well as positioned against a wall. 

Robust and durable with sufficient 

storage space. Avaliable in a variety 

of colours. 

H1200mm x D300mm x W1000mm 

CE11643BE Beech £153.59 

CE11643GY Grey £153.59 

CE11643MA Maple £153.59 

CE11643OA Oak £153.59 

CE11643WH White £153.59 


1 Five Shelf: H95 x L76 x W38cm 

Four Shelf: H78 x L76 x W38cm 

BOOK STORAGE 


BE MA OA 

2 

3 

GY 

WH 


simply add the 2 letters to your 

order code e.g CE11643BE 

3. Wedge Bookcases 

Open bookcases with tiered shelving. 

Ideal for book storage and displays. 

Easy access for children. Suitable to 

position against a wall. Robust and 

durable. Beech finish. Made from 

mfc. Supplied fully assembled. 5 


CE20230 Three Shelves £227.78 

CE20231 Four Shelves £253.38 

Three Shelf: H100 x L104 x W50cm 

Four Shelf: H150 x L104 x W50cm 

FURNITURE 

4 

4. Single Sided Mobile 

Bookcase 

Mobile bookcase with front facing 

book storage on one side. 

Comprises six full width shelves 

with book restraint to keep books in 

place. Lockable castors. 

H127.5 x W48 x L80cm. Made from 

mdf. Self-Assembly. 

CE02333 Red/Maple £307.14 

CE02334 Beech £307.14 


221



1 

2 

1. Freestanding Book Units 

Simple yet sturdy anti-topple 

bookcase. 

A useful addition to any classroom 

or nursery area. Features two fixed 

shelves 32cm apart. Both units 

W1250 x H975mm. Deep unit depth 

540mm, Narrow unit depth 420mm. 

Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 

CE02315 Deep Beech £246.98 

CE02317 Narrow Beech £221.38 

W125 x H97.5cm. Deep unit D54cm, Narrow unit D44cm 

2. Fusion Open Bookcase 

Multi-functional bookcase that can 

be placed back to back. Ideal if wall 

space is lacking or to help create 

distinct areas within a classroom 

space. Includes three fixed shelves 

that will accommodate up to an 

extra deep size basket or tray. 

Coordinates with Fusion Book 

Storage, Art Station and Costume 

Storage Units. H100 x W120 x 

D40cm. Made from wood. Self- 

Assembly. 10 years warranty. 

CE07897 £307.14 

3 

3. Beech Bookcase 

These open bookcases are ideal for 

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and 

libraries. Choice of four heights. 

Matching stock cupboards also 

available. All units width 90cm 

and depth 32cm. Height 75cm and 

100cm - 2 adjustable shelves. Height 

115cm - 1 fixed and 2 adjustable 

shelves. Height 180cm - 1 fixed and 

4 adjustable shelves. Made from 

mfc. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE07590 H75cm £174.02 

CE07589 H100cm £186.82 

CE07588 H150cm £209.86 

CE07587 H180cm £214.98 


1. Open Storage Bookcase 

Robust bookcase available in a 

Maple or Multicoloured finish. Ideal 

in library or reading areas. Provides 

children with easy access to books 

or other resources. At assembly shelf 

height can be adjusted. Create your 

own interesting combinations and 

shapes by simply linking the units 

together. Simple linking bolts are 

provided. Manufactured from 15mm 

MDF and feature rounded corners 

with a soft PVC edging for safety. 

Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 1 


CE20010 Maple Three Shelf £216.26 

CE02243 Multicoloured 

Three Self 

£214.98 

CE02242 Multicoloured Four 

Shelf 

£240.58 

CE02244 Multicoloured Five 

Shelf 

£253.38 

2. Mobile Double Decker 

Book Storage Unit 

Attractive mobile unit with six 

separate storage compartments 

on both the top and bottom 

shelves. Ideal for books. Lockable 

castors. H67.5 x W45 x L90cm. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE03003 £339.14 

3. Book Browser Box 

An inviting and functional way to 

store books. Easy for children to 

access and easy to manoeuvre with 

convenient hand holes. A useful 

addition in classrooms, reading 

areas or libraries. H580 x W675 x 

D675mm. Made from mdf. Self- 


CE20008 £190.66 

1 

Multicoloured Five Shelf Unit 


BOOK STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

3 

2 

ONLY 

£339.14 

ONLY 

£190.66 


223


Book Storage with Seating 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1. Infant Reading Corner 

and Kinderboxes 

This attractive corner seating unit is 

ideal for younger children to enjoy. 

Featuring two comfy blue washable 

cushions, the seat base lifts to reveal 

a useful under seat storage area. 

Corner Seat: L102 x 102 x H43 x 

D42cm 

Kindberboxes: H43 x W42cm 

Buy All units and save! Made from 

mdf. Self-Assembly. 

CE02340 Corner Seat £409.54 

CE02341 Kinderbox £133.06 

CE02342 Big Book 

Kinderbox 

£133.06 

CE10400 Infant Reading 

Corner Set 

£650.05 

2. Story Seat With Book 

Storage 

Double sided unit with cushioned 

seat on each side and central book 

storage. Four compartments in the 

top ideal for locating books which 

are easy for children to access. 

Compartments under the seat also 

useful for books, baskets or trays. 

Cushions are machine washable at 

30 degrees. Seat height 260mm. 

H511 x W723 x D970mm. Made 

from mdf. Self-Assembly. 5 years 

warranty. 

CE10318 £390.34 

3. Junior Reading Corner 

and Kinderboxes in Maple 

Comfortable corner seating, ideal for 

children to read a book or sit and 

relax. Seat bases lift to reveal useful 

under seat storage capacity. Corner 

Seat includes two seats with blue 

cushions and corner table. Buy the 

Corner Seat and Kinberbox and save! 

Each seat measures W138 x D60 x 

H60, seat height 27cm. 

Kinderbox: H60 x W62 x D60cm 

Maple. 

CE02322 Reading Corner 

Seating 

£499.14 

CE02326 Kinderbox £186.82 

CE10594 Reading Corner Set £660.35 

4. Maple Reading Corner 

Sofa 

This sofa can be used to extend your 

reading corner set, as a stand-alone 

unit or with the matching kinderbox. 

Useful under seat storage and two 

comfy washable cushions. Seat 

height 27cm. H60 x W82 x D60cm. 


CE02324 £232.90 

Reading Corner Seat 

Kinderbox 


1. Library Storage and 

Seating Unit 

Attractive seating feature for libraries 

and reading corners. Complete with 

easy access book storage. Separate 

seating unit pulls out from under the 

arch and can be used independently. 

Arch easy to manoeuvre on lockable 

castors. Spacious under seat storage. 

Seat: L120 x W60 x H30cm. Seat 

height 30cm. H175 x W68 x L135cm. 


CE07169 £614.34 

2. Wooden Sail Boat Sofa 

Quirky shaped sofa, ideal for relaxing 

reading areas, a school reception 

or communal spaces. Cushions 

are removable and can be wiped 

clean. Four storage compartments 

wide enough for a Gratnells tray 

(not included). Some self assembly 

required. Seat height 35cm. H95 x 

W200 x D62cm. Made from wood. 

CE06655 £998.34 

3. Wooden Reading Den 

with Book Storage 

Wooden arch that creates a quiet 

reading or work area for children to 

study in. Features two desks (with 

enough space for two chairs on each 

side), four bookshelves accessed 

from both sides and an opaque 

Perspex roof. Desks could also be 

used as shelving. Desk: H450 x W765 

x D330mm. Internal Bookshelves: 

H300 x W765 x D250mm. More book 

storage items also availbale in this 

range. H1750 x W2150 x D820mm. 

Made from mdf. Self-Assembly. 1 


CE20000 £921.54 

1 

Book Storage with Seating 

BOOK STORAGE 

FURNITURE 

2 

3 


225

Active World 

FURNITURE EARLY YEARS 

Used in settings for many years, the Active World Tray offers a flexible contained space for open-ended play. 

The octagonal shape is ideal for an individual child, or a group of children to play together. The raised sides are 

perfect for containing sensory materials, messy play, small world scenes and much more. Team with a height 

adjustable stand and you’ve got a flexible unit that can be used with babies and children of all ages. 

Now with new colour combinations too, to suit different environments whether inside or outdoors. 

1 

Read our blog: ‘Over 150 ideas for using your Active World Tray 

2 

3 

1. Active World Adjustable 

Stand 

Help children self-access from 

different heights with this adjustable 

stand, designed to fit an Active 

World Tray. The stand can be set at 4 

different heights: 20cm, 30cm, 40cm 

and 50cm, ideal for different age 

children and different activities. Easy 

to assemble, or disassemble to pack 

away. Active World Trays are not 

included but are available separately. 

Buy a pack of 3 (all in same colour) 

and save! Made from metal. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. Self-Assembly. 

CE10938 Cream Single £89.54 

CE00202 Blue Single £89.54 

CE11385 Green Single £89.54 

CE00704 Blue 3pk £255.81 

CE11469 Green 3pk £255.81 

CE11470 Cream 3pk £255.81 

2. Active World Tuff Tray 

These versatile trays have so many 

uses! Will you set up a jungle with 

real plant cuttings and animals, or 

will you create some super outdoor 

art using messy materials? Made 

from recycled plastic, they store 

easily. You can carry them easily, 

attach canopies easily to the top 

holes, and they are extremely 

durable. Why not fill it up with sand 

and hunt for squidgy sparkle letters, 

fill it with water and sail a boat you 

made yourself, or use it as a giant 

inspection tray for minibeasts? The 

possibilities are endless! Eight sided 

to encourage group play. Made from 

recycled plastic. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Diameter 94cm. 

TUFF Black Single £20.47 

TUFFB Blue Single £20.47 

TUFFG Green Single £20.47 

TUFF3 Black 3pk £51.16 

CA02700 Green 3pk £51.16 

CA02699 Blue 3pk £51.16 

CA00779 Multi 3pk £51.16 

3. Adjustable Active World 

Stand for Wheelchairs 

Robust metal stand for an Active 

World Tray, taller than standard, and 

wide enough for wheelchair access. 

The stand can be set at 4 different 

heights: 70cm, 75cm, 80cm and 

85cm, useful for older children to 

stand to and also adaptable for 

different wheelchair users needs. Use 

indoors or outside. W87 x L87cm. 

CE10944 £121.54 


EARLY YEARS 

Delivered Assembled 

FURNITURE 

Walk Up 

Changing Unit 

from £627.14 

Versatile changing unit with steps for toddlers to make their own way 

to the top. Steps can be positioned to the left, right or front of the unit 

to suit your space and practitioners’ needs. Steps help reduce repeated 

lifting for staff, and are easily removed by an adult when not in use. 

Made from highly durable MDF with wipe clean laminate finish. Includes 

a soft, comfortable, vinyl mat that’s easy to keep clean with special 

antibacterial coating. 10 years warranty. Supplied fully assembled. H97 x 

W120 x D59cm. 

More great qualities: 

> Position steps left, right, front, as desired 

> Mobile on durable lockable castors 

> Includes vinyl mat with antibacterial coating 

> Lockable cupboard with nappy compartments 

> Delivered ready assembled 

See mats online 

With Lime Mat 

CE10940£627.14 

With Cream Mat 

CE10941£627.14 

With Grey Mat 

CE10942£627.14 


227



1 

4 

3 

2 

4 

5 5 

1. Millhouse Rectangular 

Wood Table & 4 Stacking 

Chairs 

Small rectangular table set with 4 

beech stacking chairs. Table and chairs 

with rounded corners and edges to 

help prevent accidents. Table is made 

from high quality maple melamine 

with solid beech frame and legs. 

Chairs are beech plywood construction 

and stackable. Sturdy construction. 

Table has a hygienic, scratch resistant, 

melamine top which is easy to clean. 

Tables are part assembled, chairs are 


Table L960 x W695 x H400mm. 

CE11447 H210mm £383.94 

CE11448 H260mm £383.94 

CE11449 H310mm £383.94 

2. Millhouse Beech Stacking 

Chair Pack of 4 

Beautifully made chairs which 

are sturdy in design with an easy 

clean protective finish. Pack of 4 

with rounded corners and edges. 

Supportive, curved backrest. Beech 

and plywood construction. Stackable. 

BS EN 1729 compliant. Fully 

assembled. 

CE11432 H210mm £235.46 

CE11433 H260mm £235.46 

CE11434 H310mm £235.46 

CE11435 H350mm £235.46 

3. Millhouse Square Wooden 

Table 

Square table with solid beech frame 

and melamine top. Beautifully made 

and sturdy in design. Rounded corners 

and edges help prevent accidents 

and solid beech legs ensure stability. 

Available in a variety of height options 

to accommodate children of all ages. 

Delivered part assembled (legs require 

to be secured to table top using the 

Allen key supplied). Each table has a 

hygienic, scratch resistant, melamine 

top which is easy to clean. Solid beech 

legs and frame. Sturdy construction. 

BS EN 1729 compliant. 

CE11404 H320mm £163.78 

CE11405 H400mm £163.78 

CE11406 H460mm £163.78 

CE11407 H530mm £163.78 

CE11408 H590mm £163.78 

4. Millhouse Trapezoid 

Wooden Table 

Trapezoid table with solid beech frame 

and melamine top. Sturdy in design, 

with rounded corners and edges to 

help prevent accidents, and solid 

beech legs for stability. 

CE11409 H320mm £182.98 

CE11410 H400mm £182.98 

CE11411 H460mm £182.98 

CE11412 H530mm £182.98 

CE11413 H590mm £182.98 

5. Millhouse One Piece Chair 

Pack of 4 

Pack of 4 premium stackable chairs, 

shaped for comfort. Constructed from 

one piece of engineered plywood for 

strength and stability. 

CE11437 H210mm £332.74 

CE11438 H260mm £345.54 

CE11439 H310mm £358.34 


1. Millhouse Unframed 

Hessian Noticeboard 

Add a bit of texture and interest 

to your displays with this hessian 

notice board. With wrapped over 

edges which are fixed on the reverse, 

this board is suitable for both pins 

and staples. Ideal for portrait or 

landscape use. Wall fixings are 

included with this board. 600 x 

1800mm Natural 

CE11057 £127.94 

2. Millhouse Sweeping 

Storage Units 

Curved shelving unit with three 

shelves. Open design allows easy 

child access to storage, so resources 

are accessible from both sides. No 

dividers for added versatility. Use two 

or more to make a curve or ‘S’ shape. 

Manufactured from premium grade 

maple melamine. W900 x D455 x 

H660mm - Top shelf: H560mm. 10 

year guarantee. 

CE11154 £270.02 

3. Millhouse Large Access 

Shelf Unit 

Robust shelving unit that stands 1 

metre high. Designed to maximise 

storage within your school or early 

years setting. Free removable mirror 

attaches to felted hook and loop 

surface on the reverse. Manufactured 

from premium grade maple 

melamine. Delivered fully assembled. 

W1200 x D400 x H1000mm - Top 

shelf: H720mm. 10 year guarantee. 

CE11192 £473.54 

4. Millhouse Large Book 

Display Unit 

Millhouse large book display unit 

with double sided design. Designed 

to maximise storage within your 

early years school or nursery setting. 

Larger height unit at 1 metre, and 

with more width for front facing 

books. Storage also at the back for 

taller books and an additional shelf. 

Low shelf at the front for baskets 

(not included). Manufactured from 

premium grade maple melamine. 

W1200 x D400 x H1000mm - Top 

shelf: H770mm. 10 year guarantee. 

CE11223 £447.94 

3 

1 

2 

Millhouse Range 

EARLY YEARS 

FURNITURE 

4 


229

Room Scenes Range 


Build Your Own Room Scene! 

Room Scenes units are freestanding. They can simply be pushed together, or used with connecting posts to secure 

a configuration in place. Connecting posts are fitted and unfitted easily so you can quickly change things around 

or add more units to suit your space. Superior quality units, made from solid beech with some elements of Beech 

faced MDF on some items. Self assembly required. 10 year warranty. Direct delivery. 

1 

3 

5 

2 

4 

1. 6 Compartment Storage 

Unit With Divider 

Storage unit with six equal 

compartments. Choose six baskets or 

six clear trays and either cork display 

board or dry wipe divider. H130 x 

W96 x D42.5cm. 

CE08092 Cork Divider £550.34 

CE08093 6 Baskets, Cork 

Divider 

£633.54 

CE08094 6 Trays, Dry Wipe 

Divider 

£550.34 

CE08095 6 Baskets, Dry 

Wipe Divider 

£633.54 

2. Cloakroom Unit 

Freestanding wooden cloakroom 

unit with coat hooks and integral 

storage bench. Under seat storage 

area, ideal for storage containers or 

shoes. Name plate holders for each 

hook. Single sided so can be placed 

against a wall. 10 hooks. H1080 x 

W960 x D430mm. Self-Assembly. 10 


CE10229 £460.74 

3. Curved Shelves 

Ideal for creating a sweeping 

corner on entrances to Room Scene 

settings. H65 x W73.5 x D42.5cm. 


CE07911 Open Back £220.10 

CE10223 Closed Back £248.26 

4. Corner Shelves 

Free standing wooden corner unit. 

Ideal for filling corners in a Room 

Scenes set. Fixed shelf. H65 x W42.5 

x D42.5cm. Self-Assembly. 10 years 

warranty. 

CE07912 Single £203.46 

CE07938 2pk £396.74 

5. Open Bookcase With 

Divider 

Bookcase with choice of double 

height divider panel on the back. 

Combines storage and a working 

area for children to access. Panels 

have two different surfaces and are 

reversible. H130 x W96 x D42.5cm. 


CE08096 Dry Wipe / Mirror £633.54 

CE08097 Cork / Mirror £633.54 

Dry wipe divider reverse 

Cork / Mirror Divider Unit reverse 


1. Six Tray Storage Unit 

Storage unit with choice of clear 

trays or willow baskets. Easy access 

for children. H65 x W96 x D42.5cm. 


CE07915 No Trays £281.54 


CE07917 Willow Baskets £396.74 

2. Tilted Tray Tidy 

Easy access tilted storage. Removable 

baskets or trays. H65 x W96 x 

D42.5cm. Self-Assembly. 10 years 

warranty. 


CE07932 Willow Baskets £358.34 

CE08090 No Trays £300.74 

3. Tilted Tray Storage Unit 

Easy access angled tray storage. 

Choice of nine willow baskets or 

clear trays. H65 x W96 x D42.5cm. 



CE07930 Wicker Baskets £275.14 

4. Closed Back Shelf Unit 

Versatile storage unit with open 

shelving. Complete with back to 

use against a wall or to divide a 

space. H65 x W120 x D42.5cm. Self- 


CE10224 £396.74 

5. Open Bookcase 

Bookcase with open shelving on 

both sides. Fixed shelf. H65 x W96 

x D42.5cm. Self-Assembly. 10 years 

warranty. 

CE07913 £275.14 

6. Bookcase with Mirror 

Panel 

Bookcase with open shelving on 

one side and mirror panel on the 

other. Ideal when used to divide a 

space. H65 x W96 x D42.5cm. Self- 


CE07914 £377.54 

1 

3 

2 

Room Scenes Range 

EARLY YEARS 

FURNITURE 

4 5 

6 

Reverse 


231

Dens 


1 

2 

ONLY 

£396.74 

Includes two sets of curtains 

1. Wooden Framed Playtent 

with Book Storage 

Create your own role play, reading or 

cosy space with this multi-purpose 

wooden framed tent. Made from 

beechwood ply, complete with a set 

of red covers and curtains. The sides 

of the arch feature two shelf storage 

units. H136.5 x W190 x D94cm. 

Made from plywood. Self-Assembly. 


CE00248 £396.74 

2. Millhouse Tall Den Cave 

Set 

Millhouse den cave set with two 

shelving units and roof. Use to create 

cosy reading corners, quiet play 

areas or to divide areas. Features 

2 x maple melamine Open Storage 

Units with Den Cave Roof add-on 

(both also available separately). The 

Open Storage Units are made from 

maple melamine and are delivered 

fully assembled. The Den Cave Roof 

is be attached to the units using the 

Allen key and bolts supplied. Baskets 

and tubs available separately. W2250 

x D900 x H1400mm. Play Space: 

W1450 x D900 x H1400mm. 10 year 

guarantee 

CE11135 Taupe Roof £723.14 

CE11136 Blue Roof £787.14 

3. Mini Den Frame 

Smaller den frame, ideal for smaller 

spaces. Frame simply clicks together 

to form a basic structure and is quick 

and easy to dismantled and store 

away. Use with various fabrics and 

materials to create a cosy hideaway. 

H73 x W72 x L100cm. Self-Assembly. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

CE05665 £94.66 

3 


Dens 

1 

EARLY YEARS 

FURNITURE 

1. Indoor Two Floor Play 

Loft 

Transform your learning environment 

into an array of different role play 

scenarios with this open ended play 

loft. Ideal as a home corner, or jungle 

hideaway. Quality structure made 

from durable solid beech. Anti-slip 

staircase leads to an upper gallery, 

ideal for cosy quiet time. Requires a 

minimum roof height of 2.7m. 

Platform height 145cm. 

Stairs width 72cm. 

Accessories not included. H2.4 

x W2.7 x D2.7m. Self-Assembly. 


CE05904 £3,968.00 


233


Nature Print 

1 

1. Fabric Teepee 

Quality canvas teepee tent with 

traditional style wooden poles. Quick 

and easy to assemble, can be folded 

down and stored in coordinating 

canvas bag. Doorway includes hook 

and loop tabs to close or can be 

tied back. Feature window. Can 

be taken outdoors, but not be left 

outdoors. H175 x W200 x D200cm. 

Self-Assembly. Suitable for age 10 

months and up. 

CE20321 £217.54 

2 

2. Giant Pebble Cushions 

Help transform your themed 

area into a variety of imaginative 

environments with these must have 

giant cushions. Be it a woodland, the 

seaside or even a lunar landscape, 

these cushions will fit right it. Covers 

can be wiped clean. Firm filled, 

covers are non removable. 

Small: L57 x W39 x H27cm 

Medium: L70 x W45 x H36cm 

Large: L52 x W60 x H43cm. Made 

from polyester. 

CE08171 £208.58 


Dens 

EARLY YEARS 

FURNITURE 

House Den Frame 

from £243.14 

Wooden den frame shaped like a house. Really useful open 

ended structure. Dress and theme lots of different ways. A 

useful structure in home corners for role play. Portable and 

lightweight. H135 x W90 x L120cm. Made from wood. 

Self-Assembly. Suitable from birth. 

More great products: 

> Faux Fur Mat, CE10419, L106 x W106cm 

CE10425£243.14 


235

Antimicrobial Range 

FURNITURE SOFT FURNISHINGS 

Our Geo Print Antimicrobial range has been designed with both children’s and practitioner’s needs 

in mind. Designed by our in house experts, it’s practical and easy to wipe clean with a SteriTouch 

Antimicrobial coating which is up to 99.9% effective against the spread of surface bacteria. Please 

note, not tested against COVID-19. SteriTouch Antimicrobial coating should act as a complimentary 

measure alongside routine cleaning of these products. 

Providing comfortable and stylish seating for children with some pieces being lightweight as well as waterproof 

meaning they’re perfect for indoor or outdoor use. Engaging designs will provoke conversations on colour, nature 

and animals. 

1. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Antimicrobial Square Play Mat 

W140 x L140cm. 

CE11660 Animal Print £191.94 

CE11614 Grey £191.94 

2. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Antimicrobial Cushions 

W34 x L34cm. 

PACK OF 

CE11615 £102.34 

6 

3 

PACK OF 

2 

PACK OF 

3. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Large Beanbags 

H36 x W54cm. 

CE11670 £191.94 

4. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Two Seater Log Cushions 

H30 x L68 x W30cm. 

CE11665 £185.54 

5. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Triangular Beanbag 

H50 x L74cm. 

CE11666 Animal Print - White £51.19 

CE11671 Animal Print - Grey £51.19 

6. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Slouch Pod 

Seat Height 35cm. Height at back 62cm. Width 40cm. 

CE11667 Animal Print - Grey £76.74 

CE11672 Animal Print - White £76.74 


Antimicrobial Range 

A RADICAL MATERIALS BRAND 

® 

SOFT FURNISHINGS 

Sofa Dimensions: 

H52 x W92 x D44cm. 

Seat height 30cm. 

Sofa Dimensions: 

H52 x W92 x D44cm. 


FURNITURE 

Chair Dimensions: 

H52 x W45 x D44cm. 


Chair Dimensions: 

H52 x W45 x D44cm. 


1. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Antimicrobial Patterned Tub Seating 

CE11675 Chair £166.34 

CE11676 Sofa £255.94 

CE11677 Sofa and Chair Set £383.87 

2. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Antimicrobial Grey Tub Seating 

CE11617 Chair £166.34 

CE11618 Sofa £255.94 

CE11619 Chair and Sofa Set £383.87 

8 

PACK OF 

3. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Antimicrobial Sit Upons 

W34 x L34cm. 

CE11616 £89.54 

4. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Modular Corner Sofa Set 

Seat Height 38cm. Depth of each item 46cm. Width of each item varies, 

total width 200cm. 

CE11668 £766.72 


237


Easy Clean Range 

1 2 

3 

4 

5 

1. Children’s Tub Chairs and 

Sofas 

These stylish tub chairs and sofas are 

a miniature version of an adult tub 

chair and sofa but perfectly sized for 

children. Robust and comfortable. 

Easy to wipe clean. 

Wooden feet on the bottom. 

Use in reading or home corners. Seat 

height 25cm. Made from leather. 

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable 


CE08015 Brown Chair £189.38 

CE08016 Red Chair £189.38 

CE08017 Blue Chair £189.38 

CE08018 Lime Chair £189.38 

CE08019 Brown Sofa £262.34 

CE08020 Red Sofa £262.34 

CE08021 Blue Sofa £262.34 

CE08022 Lime Sofa £262.34 

2. PVC Reading Corner Sofas 

Ideal for creating and encouraging 

children to sit, read, listen and share 

books. Practical yet comfortable, the 

surface is made from a ‘soft feel’ 

wipe clean PVC. Seat height 30.5cm. 


pvc. 

CE00136 Red £473.54 

CE00944 Blue £447.94 

3. Wipe Clean Classic Home 

Sofa and Chair 

These furniture items are a mini 

version of home and have been 

designed to give a contemporary 

feel to your reading corner. Vinyl 

covering, simply wipe clean. 

Available individually or buy the sofa 

and two chairs and save! Seat height 

20cm. Made from vinyl. Supplied 


CE07173 Sofa £195.78 

CE07174 Chair £130.50 

CE03966 Buy a Sofa & Two 

Chairs 

£392.77 

4. Primary Cube Sofa 

Ideal for lots of everyday uses such as 

reading, home corner and even soft 

play. Easy to move, lightweight, semi 

rigid foam sofa. Flame retardant 

to UK standards and fabric can be 

wiped clean. Seat height 24cm. H44 

x W80 x D40cm. 

CE07181 Blue and Navy £167.62 

CE07182 Lime and Aqua £167.62 

CE08034 Chocolate and 

Cream 

£167.62 

5. Child Sized Home Sofa 

and Chair 

This slightly larger size sofa ensures 

that older children can sit more 

comfortably. These sofas and chairs 

are fully flame retardant. Fabrics can 

be spot cleaned. Seat height 35cm. 

CE05786 Sofa £435.14 

CE05787 Chair £351.94 


1. Outdoor Quilted Cushion 

Pod 

Children will enjoy grabbing a book 

and snuggling up in this cushioned 

soft corner. Use indoors or out. 

Removable covers, hand wash only. 

Cushions not included. H33 x W76 

x L76cm. 

CE08126 Red £199.62 

CE10176BW Brown £199.62 

CE10176GR Green £199.62 

CE10176LI Lime £199.62 

2. Outdoor Quilted 

Furnishing Set 

A complete set of outdoor soft 

furnishing. Includes: 

• 10 x Cushions (L35 x W35cm) 

• 1 x Mat (L200 x W200cm) 

• 1 x Cosy Corner (L76 x W76 x 

H33cm). 

Colours in sets are as shown. 

CE08127 Primary Colours £602.69 

CE10177 Natural Colours £602.69 

3. Outdoor Quilted Cushions 

These lightweight, flat cushion mats 

are ideal for taking outside. Made 

from a quilted waterproof fabric, 

the cushions are washable at 40°C. 

Primary: 2 x Red, Lime Green, Blue, 

Yellow. Natural: 2 x Lime Green, 

Dark Green, Brown, Dark Brown. 

Incorporates stitched carry handle. 

W30 x L30 x D2.5cm. Pack of 8. 



4. Large Outdoor Mats 

Large waterproof nylon padded mat 

ideal for taking outdoors. Mat can 

be rolled and secured with hook 

and loop when not in use. Fabric 

can be easily wiped down to clean. 

In a choice of eight colours. W200 x 

L200cm. 

CE07985 Red £254.66 

CE07986 Turquoise £254.66 

CE07987 Lime £254.66 

CE07988 Yellow £254.66 

CE07989 Orange £254.66 

CE07990 Purple £254.66 

CE07991 Green £254.66 

CE07992 Brown £254.66 

1 

3 

Easy Clean Range 

2 

8 

PACK OF 

ONLY 

£93.38 


FURNITURE 

4 


239

Natural Cushions & Mats 


1 

2 3 

4 

5 6 

1. Lightweight Assorted 

Nature Print Cushions 

Get closer to nature with this mix of 

realistic digitally printed and natural 

coloured cushions. Inspire lessons on 

nature, lifecycles, natural materials, 

forests and more using these soft 

cushions as comfy seats or a teaching 

resource. W43 x L43cm. Pack of 10. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE07509 £186.82 

2. Grass Printed Children’s 

Bean Bag 

Encourage children to learn outside 

or bring a sense of nature into your 

classroom with this realistic printed 

bean bag. The classic rounded shape 

provides a comfortable and supportive 

seat. Waterproof, can be used indoors 

or out. Diameter 64cm. H63cm. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE08027 £90.82 

3. Grass Printed Children’s 

Floor Cushion 

Clamber onto this realistic looking grass 

floor cushion for squashy, soft and 

safe learning activities. High-definition, 

photographic quality grass printed 

design on the front, plain dark green on 

the back. W100 x L125cm. Not suitable 

to be left outdoors. 

CE08028 £107.46 

4. Grass Printed Bean Bag 

Cubes 

Great seating solution for outdoor 

classrooms or to help illustrate or 

engage with lessons on outdoor 

wildlife. Features high quality 

photographic grass print. Waterproof 

wipe clean fabric. H38 x W38 x L38cm. 

Pack of 2. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

CE07270 £122.82 

5. Lightweight Grass Print 

Cushions 

Bring the outdoors in with these 

digitally printed cushions. Use as part 

of a nature-inspired reading corner to 

encourage reluctant readers or, using 

the handles, take outside to learn about 

the great outdoors or natural materials. 

W43 x L43cm. Pack of 3. Not suitable to 

be left outdoors. 

CE07507 £66.50 

6. Lightweight Assorted 

Natural Cushions 

Get creative with this earthy mix of 

natural coloured carry cushions. The 

organic colours will help the transition 

between indoor and outdoor learning 

feel more natural. Colours include: 2 

each x brown, grey, lime green, green, 

beige. W43 x L43cm. Not suitable to be 

left outdoors. 

CE07512 £163.78 


1. Woodland Tree Stumps 

Bean Bags 

Unique and quirky pack of tree stump 

bean bag stools designed to support 

a lesson topic around a nature, 

wildlife or woodland theme. Features 

photographic quality log and bark print. 

Waterproof, low maintenance, wipe 

clean fabric. A lovely addition to an 

outdoor classroom area (not suitable 

to leave to outside). Stackable for easy 

storage. 

Small Size: H20 x Diameter 38cm. 

Large Size: H35 x Diameter 45cm. 

CE07271 3pk Small £140.74 

CE07511 2pk Large £127.94 

CE10134 4pk 1 Large 3 Small £191.94 

2. Multi Seater Tree Foam Log 

Inspire lessons on nature, lifecycles, 

natural materials, forests and more 

or use as an interactive teaching 

resource. The realistic log print design 

with detailed wood grain and bark are 

fascinating. Lightweight, easy to move. 

H25 x W40 x L100cm. Not suitable to 


CE07510 £194.50 

3. Tree Bark Carry Cushions 

Designed as an engaging teaching 

resource, it’s easy to take learning 

with you using this handy set of carry 

cushions. Use as an inspirational 

learning aid for scientific lessons on 

nature, life cycles, natural materials, 

forests, habitats and more. Diameter 

40cm. H5cm. Pack of 6. Not suitable to 


CE10138 £191.94 

4. NEW Toadstool Seats 

Made from a practical water resistant 

and wipe-clean fabric, these Toadstool 

Seats provide unique and engaging 

and will enhance any lesson about 

nature and the environment Ideal for 

indoor or outdoor use. Lightweight 

and portable, these seats are ideal for 

reading corners, small teaching groups 

or reception and breakout areas. 

Small size: 190mm(h) x 340mm(dia), 

Large size: 330mm(h) x 450mm(dia) 

Printed with a high quality mushroom 

design, they provide a wonderful 

addition to any classroom area or lesson 

theme. 

CE11587 2 large toadstools £133.75 

CE11588 3 small toadstools £179.14 

CE11589 1large and 3 small 

toadstools 

£217.54 

Natural Cushions & Mats 

1 

2 3 

4 


FURNITURE 


241


Nature Print 

1 

2 3 

4 

1. Artificial Active World 

Tuff Tray Grass Mat 

Artificial grass mat, purposed 

designed to fit in our Active World 

Trays. Ideal for small world play. Non 

abrasive grass, with a soft texture. 

Close stitch rate means more grass 

yarn and better density. High quality 

latex backing, durable and long 

lasting. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE06924 Single £44.74 

CE10759 3pk £115.14 

2. Artificial Circular Grass 

Mats 

Handy size artificial grass mats, that 

really do look like the real thing. Ideal 

for small world play, or as sit upons, 

indoors or outside. Non abrasive 

grass, with a soft texture. Close 

stitch rate means more grass yarn 

and better density. High quality latex 

backing, durable and long lasting. 


Diameter 40cm. 

CE06922 Single £12.79 

CE06967 10pk £92.10 

3. Artificial Wavy Grass Mat 

Comfortable for little bottoms to 

sit upon or even create a walkway 

from zone to zone. A realistic looking 

wavy mat that’s perfect for any 

classroom indoors and out! W80 x 

L200cm. Suitable to be left outdoors. 


CE06923 £66.50 

4. Tree Trunk Quarter Stools 

These lightweight, water resistant 

stools feature a realistic nature 

inspired HD print. Ideal to bring 

a sense of nature indoors or take 

learning into the great outdoors. 

CE10790 £435.14 


Nature Print 

1 3 


Corner 

FURNITURE 

Square 

Circle 

1. Artificial Grass Mats 

Ideal for both indoor or outdoor 

use, this artificial grass mat really 

does look like the real thing. Non 

abrasive grass, with a soft texture, 

comfortable to sit on, and ideal for 

laying on hard floors. Close stitch 

rate means more grass yarn and 

better density. High quality latex 

backing, durable and long lasting. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. 


CE05815 Rectangle Grass 

Mat 120 x 200cm 

CE06853 Corner Grass Mat 

200 x 200cm 

CE06920 Square Mat 200 x 

200cm 

CE06921 Circle Mat Diameter 

200cm 

CE10301 Rectangle Mat 300 

x 200cm 

CE10321 Square Mat 300 x 

300cm 

£130.50 

£130.50 

£130.50 

£130.50 

£159.94 

£199.62 

2. Artificial Grass Mat 100 x 

100cm 

CE10364 £31.94 

3. Leaf Canopies 6pk 

CE05927 £79.30 

2 

1 x 1m 


243

Cushions 


1 

2 

3 

OR PU LI RE YE TU 

4 

10 

PACK OF 

5 

PACK OF 

1. Quilted Mega Cushions 

These large bright cushions mean 

there is space for everybody. 

Manufactured from a soft touch 

quilted waterproof fabric. Suitable 

for taking outdoors. Colours include: 

red, aqua, lime green, orange and 

yellow. W70 x L70cm. Pack of 5. 

Made from polyester. Not suitable to 


CE07983 £200.90 

2. Large Quilted Floor 

Cushions 

Giant, comfy floor cushion that’s 

great for children to sit on at story 

time. Lightweight, stackable and 

suitable for taking outdoors. Bean 

filled making it more beanbag like 

than your average cushion style. 

W150 x L150cm. 

CE08147 Orange £122.82 

CE08148 Purple £122.82 

CE08149 Lime £122.82 

CE08150 Red £122.82 

CE08151 Yellow £122.82 



3. Outdoor Quilted Carry 

Cushions 

These nylon quilted cushions are 

showerproof and suitable for 

outdoors. Easy to carry with useful 

handle. The removable covers are 

wipe-clean. Pack includes two of 

each; aqua, yellow, orange, red and 

green. With a free drawstring bag. 

W40 x L40cm. Pack of 10. 

CE07984 £186.82 

4. Brights Grab and Go 

Cushions 10pk 

Get creative with this vibrant mix of 

brightly coloured Carry Cushions. 

The plain bright colours featured 

in this pack makes them a versatile 

learning resource - not only will 

children be able to sit comfortably 

indoors and outdoors. Use as part 

of an engaging reading corner to 

encourage reluctant readers to pick 

up a book or take outside to have 

fun with Physical Education. W30 x 

L30cm. Pack of 10. Not suitable to be 

left outdoors. 

CE10124 £159.94 


1. Faux Fur Beanbag 

Bring instant calming comfort to 

a sensory exploration zone or into 

your classroom with this faux fur 

bean bag. Use as part of a natureinspired 

reading corner to encourage 

reluctant readers to pick up a book. 

The classic square shape of this bean 

bag provides a comfortable and 

supportive seat. Early Years learners 

will enjoy interacting with these 

bean bags, which are perfect for 

stroking, squashing and squeezing, 

as well as providing a soft, safe space 

for learning with friends. Features 

a removable, washable cover. H56 

x W58 x D58cm. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CE10793 £130.50 

2. Bright Coloured Soft 

Cushions 10pk 

Create an inviting and engaging 

sensory learning space with this pack 

of soft cushions. Perfect for stroking, 

squishing and squeezing. Colours 

include: 2 each x blue, lime, yellow, 

orange, red. Free storage bag. W30 x 

L30cm. Pack of 10. 

CE07505 £72.90 

1 

2 

10 

PACK OF 

Cushions 


* 

* 

* 

* 

Machine washable 

Lightweight & portable 

Suitable for children 

with Special 

Educational Needs 

Comes with a free 

handy storage bag 

3. Sensory Cushions 5pk 

Create an inviting and engaging 

sensory learning space with this 

pack of tactile cushions. Perfect for 

stroking, squishing and squeezing. 

Textures include: faux fur, cord, satin, 

bark weave, fleece. W30 x L30cm. 

Pack of 5. Suitable for age 6 months 

and up. 

CE07504 £70.34 

4. Indoor Floor Cushions 

This mixed bag of play cushions is 

ideal for children to sit on, snuggle 

up with or simply use for role play. 

Cushions feature a random selection 

of bright patterns and colours. 

Covers washable at 40°C. Fabric 

designs may vary. Comes with a 

handy drawstring storage sack. W30 

x L30cm. Pack of 15. 

CE00945 £177.86 

3 

PACK OF 

5 

4 

15 

PACK OF 

FURNITURE 


245

Cushions 


1 

2 

3 

Mustard & Grey Cushion & Rug Set 

Buy two of our customer favourites - Mixed Pattern Mustard and Grey 

Cushion set (CE10438) and our Grey Mini World Cosy Carpet (CE10444GY) 

together for a great saving! 

CE11594 £204.67 

ONLY 

£204.67 

1. Mixed Pattern Cushions 

Set of nine beautiful cushions in 

different shapes, sizes and colours. 

A great way to mix and match and 

brighten up a cosy area. Different 

pattern on each side, yet cushions 

complement each other perfectly. 

Super soft, with removable covers, 

washable at 30 degrees. Set includes 

3 x small square (40 x 40cm), 2 x 

medium square (50 x 50cm), 1 x 

large square (70 x 70cm), 2 x bolsters 

(L96 x dia 25cm) and 1 x round 

cushion (dia 70cm). Made from 

polyester. Pack of 9. 

CE10048 £147.14 

2. Mixed Pattern Mustard 

and Grey Cushion Set 

Set of nine beautiful cushions in 

different shapes and sizes. A great 

way to mix and match and brighten 

up a cosy area or baby room. 

Different pattern on each side. Soft 

to touch with removable covers, 

washable at 30 degrees. Includes 3 x 

small square (35x 35cm); 2 x medium 

square (40 x 40cm); 1 x large square 

(60 x 60cm); 1 x large round (diam 

65cm); 2 x bolsters (L90 x D35 x 

H24cm). Largest square cushion 50 

x 50cm, bolster length 80cm. Made 

from polyester. Pack of 9. 

CE10438 £131.78 

4. Geometric Grey and 

Mustard Cushions Set of 6 

Set of 6 striking grey and mustard 

print cushions. Three different 

geometric patterns and plain dark 

grey on the reverse. Well suited to 

break out and reception areas or 

baby rooms. Large cushion size 65 x 

65cm, small cushion size 35 x 35cm. 

Removable covers, washable at 30 

degrees. Cushions co-ordinate well 

with the chenille Adult Size Sofa in 

Grey (CE10590). Made from cotton. 

CE10907 £108.74 


Cushions & Mats 

1. Story Time Cushions 

These round cushions are practical 

and comfortable for children to 

sit on during story time or group 

listening sessions. Brightly coloured, 

waterproof and easy to clean. 

Supplied in a pack of assorted 

colours. Colours may vary. Diameter 

50cm. D7.5cm. Pack of 10. Suitable 


CE02368 Vibrant Colours £177.86 

CE10462 Pastel Cushions £199.62 

2. Giant Sag Bean Bags 

Designed to surround and support, 

while maintaining their shape, these 

giant bean bags are excellent for 

seating or sleeping. Wipe clean, 

waterproof, soft touch quality vinyl. 

Diameter 90cm. Pack of 3. Made 

from pvc. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE02367 Vibrant Colours £186.82 

CE20032 Pastel Colours £227.78 

3. Emotion Cushions 

This range of emotions scatter 

cushions not only add a soft touch to 

any nursery, library or reading corner, 

but they can be used to great effect 

to encourage children to talk about 

their feelings. Each cushion is printed 

on both sides, one with a facial 

expression, the other with the actual 

written emotion. Made from pvc 

vinyl. Square shaped. Pack of 10. 

SD10520 £198.34 

4. Emotion Faces Throw 

Down Spots 

A set of visually stimulating, 

double sided spots, showing fun 

representations of emotions, with 

the written emotion on the reverse. 

Encourage active learning by getting 

children to run/jump on to the 

different emotions. Recognising 

facial expressions and understanding 

emotions helps children 

communicate their own feelings and 

to empathise with others. Can be 

used indoors or outdoors. 16 spots 

include 2 of each emotion. Made 

from silicone. Circle shaped. Pack of 

16. Diameter 25cm. 

PS10055 £76.74 

5. Carry Cushions 

Carry cushion set can be used 

indoors or out. Filled with circles of 

dense foam for a comfy seat pad 

that retains its shape. 

Perfect in reading corners and for 

story time, playing games and during 

physical education or even outside in 

an outdoor classroom environment. 

Lightweight and portable with a 

carry handle, so the children can 

move them around independently. 

Pack of 10 in various colours that 

come in a handy storage bag, to 

neatly store away. H5 x W40cm. Pack 

of 10. Multi. 

CE07513 £163.78 

1 

3 

5 

Vibrant Colours 

10 

PACK OF 

2 

4 

3 

PACK OF 

10 

PACK OF 


FURNITURE 


247

Beanbags 


1 

2 

RE PU BL 

3 4 

4 

PACK OF 

ONLY 

£95.94 

4 

PACK OF 

1. Giant Bean Bag Floor 

Cushion 

Contemporary seating option 

that will encourage children to 

sit down at story time! Even the 

most reluctant readers in KS1 will 

be enthusiastic about reading on 

this giant bean bag! Have fun 

discovering all the different shapes 

you can squish the bean bag into 

and find your favourite seating 

position. 

Create a calming and comfortable 

setting for nap time with early 

learners or get a breath of fresh air 

by taking this bean bag outdoors 

for playful learning that’s closer to 

nature. W100 x L125cm. Suitable for 

5 to 11 years. 

CE07260 Red £95.94 

CE07261 Blue £95.94 

CE07262 Purple £95.94 

2. NEW Primary Smile Chair 

Smile Chairs offer exceptional 

comfort for primary environments. 

Available in a range of vibrant 

colours. Infuse classrooms, cosy 

corners and reading zones with 

these vibrant Smile Chairs. Created 

with a high-back to offer posture 

support for small bodies. Primary 

learning experiences are enhanced 

with this comforting bean bag 

and it’s ideal for informal learning, 

both indoors or outdoors. Set up 

the perfect reading spot with this 

comfortable bean bag. Purposefully 

designed with supportive panels to 

offer an ergonomic seating solution, 

Smile Chairs are a must-have bean 

bag for learning spaces. This bean 

filled seat moulds to the body and is 

super portable, enabling children to 

grab and move, promoting inclusive 

learning. Durable weather-resistant 

fabric is easy to wipe-clean, making 

Smile Chairs ideal for exploring the 

great outdoors. 

CE11531LI Lime £102.34 

CE11531NV Navy £102.34 

CE11531YO Yellow Ochre £102.34 

SAVE with Multi-Buy 

Buy all three and Save! 

CE11608 £255.81 

3. Large Beanbags Primary 

Colours 4pk 

These Beanbags have been designed 

with children in Key Stage 1 and 2 

in mind. Supplied as a set of four 

with the colours Yellow, Blue, Red 

and Green. A handy carry handle is 

attached at the top of each beanbag 

for lightweight and easy movement. 

Made from a polyester outer and 

bean filled. H41 x W47 x L44cm. 

CE10453 £200.90 

4. Mini Beanbag Primary 

Colours 4pk 

These beanbags are perfectly sized 

for Foundation Stage aged children. 

Supplied as a set of four with the 

colours Yellow, Blue, Red and Green. 

A handy carry handle is attached 

at the top of each beanbag for 

lightweight and easy movement. 

Made from a polyester outer and 

bean filled. H18 x W32 x L10cm. 

CE10454 £98.50 


Beanbags 

1. Primary Coloured Bean 

Bag Chair 

Square panel design creates a clearly 

defined seating area at just the right 

height for children. Its comfortable 

back support makes it the ideal 

soft seat for getting lost in a book. 

The perfect solution to brighten up 

any reading corner or to create an 

engaging outdoor learning space. 

Easy to wipe clean. H56 x W58 x 

D58cm. Made from polyester. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. Supplied 


CE10137BL Blue £76.74 

CE10137LI Lime £76.74 


CE10137RE Red £76.74 

1 

BL 

LI 

PU 

RE 


2 

BL 

LI 

PU 

BK 

RE 

2. Large Bean Bag Reading 

Chairs 

Relaxed shape bean bags that 

provide suitable back and neck 

support to make study time more 

comfortable. The seats mould to the 

shape of the body allowing students 

to focus on the task at hand. Please 

note that the buy all and save is a 5 

pack of one of each colour. Diameter 

66cm. H118cm. Made from 

polyester. Supplied fully assembled. 

Suitable for 11 to 18 years. 2 years 

warranty. 

CE20117 Lime £99.78 

CE20118 Purple £99.78 

CE20119 Black £99.78 

CE20120 Red £99.78 

CE20121 Blue £99.78 

CE20122 Multicoloured 5pk £473.28 

3. Super Giant Bean Bag 

Floor Cushion 

Ideal for older children and provides 

a cool, comfortable seating solution 

in break out areas, libraries and 

communal areas. Easily able to seat 

two or even three older children 

and can be molded into 4 different 

seating positions, depending on 

the activity 100% waterproof, hard 

wearing and comes with double 

stitching, an inner lining that has a 

zip, so the beanbag can be refilled if 

need be. W140 x L180cm. 

CE07264 Red £136.90 

CE07265 Blue £136.90 

CE07266 Purple £136.90 

3 

FURNITURE 


249


Sensory Cushions & Mats 

1 

3 

4 

Available in 3 sizes 

1. NEW Sensory Touch Tags 

Carry Cushion 

Durable Sensory cushion ideal 

for children who struggle to 

concentrate. Avaliable either 

individually or in packs of 6, this 

cushions have 6 different types of 

taggees each with a different texture 

to provide stimulation for children. 

CE11578 single £44.74 

CE11579 6pack £217.22 

2. Sensory Fibre Optic 

Sparkle Rug 

This rug provides a sparkling and 

entrancing addition to a sensory 

room or dark den. The lights are 

activated when stood on, or push 

it with your hands, creating a 

night sky on the floor. With no 

heat or electricity running through 

the fibres it will provide a safe 

and mesmerising play area which 

encourages children to crawl, roll 

and jump. 

SD10518 100 cm £211.14 

SD10372 140cm £307.14 

SD10395 200cm £518.34 

3. Light up Cushions 

These sensory cushions will help to 

create a calming environment for 

children to sit and relax. The gentle 

stream of light is also a great way to 

encourage concentration, focus and 

visual processing. The softness of 

the fabric provides sensory feedback 

and stimulation. The cushions can 

be used either with the lights on 

or off, making them a versatile 

soft furnishing for a sensory area. 

Available in two shapes bolster 

or square. Turn the cushion on by 

clicking the switch inside the cover 

and then choose between two 

settings to give choice. One of which 

slowly phases through the colours, 

the other gently flashes between 

them. Pack of 2. 

SD10087 Bolster Cushion £92.10 

SD10088 Square Cushion £53.70 

4. Star Printed Giant Bean 

Bag 

Ideal within a sensory environment, 

this bean bag provides visual 

stimulation and is designed to reflect 

UV light. A great classroom prop to 

support lessons on day and night, 

space exploration or the galaxy. Wipe 

clean. W100 x L125cm. 

CE07269 £117.70 

5. Sensory Touch Tags Bean 

Bag 

This unique cushion provides a 

calming sensory experience and 

controlled outlet for fidgeting. The 

tactile tags allow children to explore 

and describe different textures. 

Waterproof wipe clean fabric. H18 x 

W100 x D125cm. 

CE07267 Blue £124.10 

CE10794 Beige £124.10 


Sensory Cushions & Mats 

1 

5 


4 

1. Pop-Up Sensory Space 

A calming, safe sensory space for 

children to relax, unwind or explore. 

This lightweight pop-up area can be 

used anywhere, takes seconds to erect 

and quickly folds down. Perfect as a 

relaxing, quiet or calm zone, away from 

noise and distractions for children to 

chill out. Alternatively, use with lighted 

objects and UV equipment for sensory 

exploration. 1 x sensory space, 1 x 

storage bag. Suitable for age 10 months 

and up. Made from polyester. H142 x 

W142 x D142cm. 

SD10015 Black £108.74 

SD10060 White £108.74 

2. Glow Dark Mat 

Soft, padded mat with moon and stars 

design that glows in the dark. W133 

x L133 x D3cm. Made from polyester 

and foam. 

CE10479 £186.82 

3. Glow In The Dark Comfort 

Blanket 

W96 x L159cm. Made from velour. 

SD10155 Grey £66.50 

SD10360 Black £66.50 

4. Glow in the Dark Beanbag 

H62 x W62cm. 

SD10358BK Black £79.30 

SD10358GY Grey £79.30 

5. Glow in the Dark Floor 

Cushions 

W65 x L65cm. Pack of 2. 

SD10359BK Black £79.30 

SD10359GY Grey £79.30 

2 3 

4 

5 

Glow in the Dark Comfort Blanket, SD10360 

2 

PACK OF 

FURNITURE 


251

Carpets & Mats 


Soft and comfortable mats that will help create a relaxing area for story time. The anti-slip resistant backing 

provides added safety on hard floors. Manufactured in the UK, these carpets are available in a range of colours. 

1 

2 

1. Circle Floor Mats 2. Rectangle Mats 

200 cm 

Light Blue CE06939 £104.90 

Grey CE06935 £104.90 

Light Brown CE06933 £104.90 

Lime CE06938 £104.90 

Purple CE20400 £104.90 

Red CE06937 £104.90 

L2 x W1.5m L3 x W2m 

Light Blue CE06955 CE20324 

Grey CE06951 CE20320 

Light Brown CE06949 CE20318 

Lime CE06954 CE20323 

Purple CE20403 CE20404 

Red CE06953 CE20322 

£104.90 £135.62 


1. Washable Shaggy 

Rectangular Rug 

Soft, machine washable, stain 

resistant rug, that’s easy to keep 

clean. Comfortable extra long, 

anti-static pile that won’t flatten. 

Ideal for cosy corners, home corners 

and reading areas. Non-slip flexible 

rubber backing. Resistant to mould, 

mildew and bacteria. Whipped edges 

to help prevent fraying. Just rinse 

under the tap or machine mash at 

40 degrees and line dry. Recyclable at 

end of life. For indoor use only. 100 x 

150cm. W100 x L150cm. 

CE11455GB Beige £75.46 

CE11455BL Blue £75.46 

CE11455GR Green £75.46 

CE11455GY Grey £75.46 

CE11455OR Orange £75.46 



FURNITURE 

2. Washable Shaggy Circular 

Rug Circular 

Soft, machine washable, stain 

resistant rug, that’s easy to keep 

clean. Comfortable extra long, 

anti-static pile that won’t flatten. 

Ideal for cosy corners, home corners 

and reading areas. Non-slip flexible 

rubber backing. Resistant to mould, 

mildew and bacteria. Whipped edges 

to help prevent fraying. Just rinse 

under the tap or machine mash at 

40 degrees and line dry. Recyclable 

at end of life. For indoor use only. 

100cm diameter. 

CE11456BL Blue £52.42 

CE11456GB Beige £52.42 

CE11456GR Green £52.42 

CE11456GY Grey £52.42 

CE11456OR Orange £52.42 


253



1 

2 

3 New design 

4 

New design 

1. NEW Story Time Carpet 3 

x 3 metre 

Placement carpet with clearly 

identifiable seating areas for up to 

30 children. The brightly coloured 

characters include a wizard, castle 

and dragon . Heavy Duty Dura- 

Pile A substantial premium quality 

carpet, with an extra thick pile, soft 

textured tufted Nylon twist pile 

designed specifically for comfort 

and longevity. Carpets are crease 

and stain resistant and can be spot 

cleaned with a damp cloth. 

Tightly bound edges prevent fraying 

and the tuft strands meet heavy 

duty use. 

Safe in the knowledge that they 

come with a 5-year warranty 

Dimensions: 3000(W) x3000mm (D)” 

CE11532 £371.14 

2. Fruit Rectangular Rug 

This fruit themed carpet is the 

perfect new addition to any 

learning environment. Perfect 

for teaching Understanding the 

World and health and wellbeing. 

As health and wellbeing become 

increasingly important classroom 

topics, our fun fruit range is the 

perfect new addition to the teaching 

environment.. This thick and soft 

carpet also features 24 placement 

spots. Designed for use indoors only. 

W2 x L3m. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

CE10458 £332.74 

3. Under the Sea 

Rectangular Floor Mat 

A great and functional hardwearing 

24 placement carpet which 

would brighten up any classroom. 

Manufactured from a heavy duty 

pile. Children can choose a creature 

to sit on during reading time 

and group lessons. A great and 

functional hardwearing carpet to 

brighten up any classroom. Crease 

resistant with unique Rhombus 

anti-skid Dura-Latex safety backing. 

Recommended for classrooms and 

soft reading/play areas. W200 x 

L300cm. 

CE03081 £294.34 

4. Under the Sea Corner 

Floor Mat 

Medium sized 2 x 2m corner carpet 

with clearly identifiable undersea 

creature placement seating areas 

for up to 8 children plus a teacher. 

Manufactured from a heavy duty 

tuf-pile and a unique Rhombus antiskid 

latex backing. The tightly bound 

edges help to prevent fraying. W200 

x L200cm. 

CE03080 £235.46 



1 

ONLY 

£358.34 


FURNITURE 

1. Back to Nature Square 

Floor Rug 

Thick and soft carpet featuring 30 

bug placement areas designed to 

seat a full class. Ideal for classrooms, 

reading and play areas. A substantial 

carpet, manufactured from extra 

thick nylon twist, for soft textured 

pile with a comfortable long lasting 

finish. Distinctive, brightly coloured, 

child friendly design. Designed 

to encourage learning through 

interaction and play. W3 x L3m. 

Made from nylon. 

CE00272 £358.34 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Heavy duty Tuf-Pile 

for long lasting wear 

Crease resistant with 

unique anti-skid latex 

safety backing 

Abrasion resistant, 

tested to heavy duty 

standards 

Tightly bound edges to 

prevent fraying 


255



1 

2 

1. NEW Wild Animals 3 x 3 

metre Carpet 



30 children. The brightly coloured 

wild animal characters include a 

panda, lion and a hippo. Our Heavy 

Duty Dura-Pile A substantial 

premium quality carpet, with an 

extra thick pile, soft textured tufted 

Nylon twist pile designed specifically 

for comfort and longevity. 

CE11528 £371.14 

2. Wild Animals Mini Floor 

Mats 

These thick and soft animal mats 

make a great place to sit and a 

great resource for moving between 

classrooms. Perfect for teaching 

Communication & Language, 

learning and development: PSE , 

Literacy and Understanding the 

World. Made from a high quality 

pile, anti-slip backing and stain 

resistant coating. W40 x L40cm. Pack 

of 30. 

CE05836 £222.66 

3. Life Cycle Mat Circle 2 x 

2m 

An excellent mat for learning about 

life cycles and encouraging group 

discussions. Perfect for teaching 

Understanding the World and 

also supports Communication and 

Language. 2 x 2m 

CE11069 £262.34 

4. Seasons Mat Circle 2 x 2m 

This soft pile mat is perfect for 

exploring weather, season and 

months. Perfect for getting children 

involved in group discussions. 

Supports Communication and 

Language and Understanding the 

World. 2 x 2m 

CE11068 £262.34 

30 

PACK OF 

3 4 



1. Emotions Faces 

Interactive Rug 

This highly visual rug incorporates 

12 different emotional feelings 

and expressions with keywords 

to encourage group discussion. 

Children can choose an expression 

to sit on during reading and group 

lessons. Available in Rectangular and 

Circular. Manufactured from a nylon 

twisted soft material and a unique 

Rhombus anti-skid latex backing. 

Only suitable to use indoors. Tightly 

bound edges prevent fraying. W2 

x L3m. 

CE10140 Rectangle £275.14 

CE10457 Circle £255.94 

1 


2. Emotions Mini Cushions 

Children can have fun learning 

personal, social and health education 

with these multi-curricular cushions. 

Brightly coloured, soft touch and 

wipe clean vinyls. Choice of two 

sets. Set 1 includes:, Amazed, Shy, 

Happy, Sleepy, Sad and Worried, Set 

2 Includes:, Angry, Bored, Naughty, 

Scared, Hungry and Sick. Diameter 

35cm. H6cm. Pack of 6. Made from 

vinyl. 

CE05853 Set 1 £113.86 

CE07524 Set 2 £113.86 

3. Children of the World 

Cushions and Trolley 

A classroom essential this multicushion 

trolley holds 24 brightly 

coloured floor cushions (included). 

Ideal for group reading/teaching 

activities, allowing easy and mobile 

out-of-the-way storage when not in 

use. Product made with hardwood 

selected from sustainable forests. 

Cushion colours may vary. 

Trolley Size: H73 x W700 x D360cm 

Cushion Size: H5 x Dia 35cm 

CE10463 £447.94 

4. Emotions Donut Cushions 

and Trolley 

A multi-functional handmade solid 

trolley carries 12 brightly coloured 

floor cushions (included). Each 

cushion is printed on both sides; one 

with a facial expression, the other 

with key discussion words for group 

activity. Also ideal for floor seating 

and group placement in reading/ 

teaching activities. Allows easy 

and mobile out-of-the-way seating 

storage when not in use. Durable 

wipe-clean vinyl cushions. 

Trolley Size: H43 x W70 x D36cm 

Cushions Size: H5 x Dia 35cm 

CE10464 £240.58 

2 

3 4 

24 

PACK OF 

Set 1 

Set 2 

12 

PACK OF 

FURNITURE 


257



1 

2 

1. Map of the World Rug 

Durable short pile rug, perfect for 

an active geography lesson. Clear 

cartography and bright colours gives 

this map a distinctive and easy-touse 

look. It includes all 7 continents 

and labels for the 5 oceans, perfect 

for KS1. The rug also has country 

boundaries, prime meridian, equator, 

tropics and arctic lines for more 

advance studies, perfect for children 

working in or towards KS2. Anti-slip 

backing. Use indoors only. Spot clean 

using mild detergent. W2 x L3m. 

GE10064 £191.94 

2. Animals and Places of the 

World Mat L3 x W2m 

A light and durable mat which 

includes continents, countries, 

climates, animals and multicultural 

studies. A fun and engaging design 

to help children understand the 

different areas of the world. Learn 

about what animals live in certain 

areas and what type of climate. L3 

x W2m 

CE11071 £195.78 

3. Yoga Position Mat Circle 

2 x 2m 

Tick and soft carpet with 8 large 

placements to help children practise 

yoga positions. Yoga and being 

mindful during the early years 

can help with managing anxiety, 

improving concentration and 

developing strength and flexibility. 

2 x 2m 

CE11066 £262.34 

4. Yoga Position Mini 

Placement Mats 32pk 

Set of 32 mini placement carpets 

to support health and well being. 

Supplied with a free of charge 

holdall for easy storage and 

movement in between classes. 

Yoga and being mindful during the 

early years can help with managing 

anxiety, improving concentration and 

developing strength and flexibility. 

32pk 

CE11067 £202.18 

3 4 



1 1 

Light Blue 

Turquoise 


1. Multicultural Circular Rug 

Thick and soft carpet with images of 

12 children from different cultures 

around the world holding hands. 

Creates awareness of people, 

communities and cultural differences. 

Perfect for teaching Understanding 

the World and also supports the 

following key areas of learning and 

development: PSE Development 

and Communication & Language. 

Diameter 200cm. 

2 

CA00651 Light Blue £229.06 


2. Multicultural Welcome 

Floor Mat 

This highly visual mat shows children 

different cultures and the word 

‘welcome’ in 30 different languages. 

Ideal for the school entrance or in the 

classroom. Designed to encourage 

learning trough interaction. 

Manufactured from a soft textured 

nylon twist material and a unique 

Rhombus anti-skid latex backing. 

W130 x L200cm. Made from nylon. 

Not suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE01753 £130.50 

3. NEW Welcome Runner 

Carpet 3 x 1 metre 

A substantial premium quality carpet, 

featuring “Welcome” in a number 

of different languages. Extra thick 

pile, soft textured tufted Nylon 

twist pile designed specifically for 

comfort and longevity 3 x 1 metre 

runner welcome carpet Ideal for Early 

years and primary school learning 

environments. Our carpets are crease 

and stain resistant and can be spot 

cleaned with a damp cloth. 

Tightly bound edges prevent fraying 

and the tuft strands meet heavy 

duty use. 

CE11534 £127.94 

4. Professions Circular Rug 

Give opportunities to challenge 

stereotypes by creating your own 

professions character. Great for 

helping children to identify those 

that help or interact with them. 

Ideal for teaching Understanding 

the World and Communication and 

Language. Designed for use indoors 

only. Diameter 200cm. 

CE10467 £262.34 

3 

4 

FURNITURE 

We’re here to help. 028 7134 6767 259



1 

2 

3 

1. Rainbow Number Mats 

Encourage basic numeracy skills 

with these colourful number carpets. 

These carpets are both light and 

durable. Can also be used to support 

Communication & Language, as one 

of the other key areas of learning 

and development. Designed for 

indoors only. Choose 1-24 or 1-100 

versions, or buy both and save! Sizes: 

• 1-24 Number Carpet - L150 x 

W100cm 

• 1-100 Number Carpet - L200 x 

W150cm 

CE07243 1-24 numbers £74.18 

CE06374 1-100 numbers £98.50 


2. Rainbow Placement Floor 

Mat Circle 

This thick and soft placement carpet 

is the ideal addition to any classroom 

environment. Perfect for teaching 

Communication & Language and 

can also be used to support the 


development: PSE Development 

and Literacy. Features 16 placement 

spots. W200 x L200cm. Circle 

shaped. 

CE07531 £245.70 

3. Tell the Time Circle Mat & 

Accessory Pack 

Light and durable tell the time 

mat supplied with accessory pack. 

Featuring various activities to teach 

children about telling the time 

but in a fun and interact way. The 

accessory pack includes hour and 

minute hands, a write on digital 

clock and placement activity discs 

which give extra opportunities for 

group discussion. Place the separate 

pieces onto the mat at the time you 

think you would perform a certain 

activity e.g. brushing your teeth. This 

mat also supports other key areas 

of learning and development such 

as communication & language and 

understanding the world. The mat 

is 2m diameter and supplied in our 

light and durable tuf-loop. 

CE11070 £203.46 


1. NEW Geometric Shapes 3 

x 3 metre Carpet 


identifiable seating areas for up 

to 30 children. Brightly coloured 

basic shapes aid shape and pattern 

identification. Suitable EYFS and 

KS1 curriculum. Our Heavy Duty 

Dura-Pile A substantial premium 

quality carpet, with an extra thick 

pile, soft textured tufted Nylon twist 

pile designed specifically for comfort 

and longevity 

CE11530 £371.14 

2. Rainbow Placement Floor 

Mats 

These thick and soft placement 

carpets are the ideal addition to 

any classroom environment. Crease 

and abrasion resistant with special 

anti-slip safety backing, these carpets 

meet all relevant safety standards. 

Perfect for teaching Communication 

& Language. • Square 2 x 2m, 16 

placement spots 

• Rectangle 3 x 2m, 24 placement 

spots 


CE07530 Square £240.58 

3. NEW Rainbow Play Rug 



30 children. 3 metre square carpet 

with a bright rainbow coloured edge. 

Heavy Duty Dura-Pile A substantial 




for comfort and longevity. 3 metre 

square carpet with a bright rainbow 

coloured edge. Ideal for group 

teaching and creating play areas. 

Heavy Duty Dura-Pile A substantial 




for comfort and longevity. Ideal 

for Early years and primary school 

learning environments. Our carpets 

are crease and stain resistant and can 

be spot cleaned with a damp cloth. 

CE11533 £371.14 

4. Rainbow Placement Rugs 

Ideal for reading areas or just a 

bright addition to the classroom 

environment. Crease and abrasion 

resistant with special anti-slip 

safety backing, this carpet meets all 

relevant safety standards. The Corner 

Rug and Small Semi Circle Rug 

feature 12 placement spots and 1 for 

the teacher and the Large Semi Circle 

Rug features 24 placement spots and 

1 for the teacher. W200 x L400cm. 

CE07238 

Semi Circle L400 x 

W200cm 

£409.54 

1 

2 

3 

4 



FURNITURE 


261



1 

2 

1. Alphabet Rug 

This thick and soft alphabet carpet 

is great for learning word and 

letter recognition and features 24 

placement areas. Perfect for children 

to sit and enhance learning word 

and letter recognition in a fun 

interactive way. Designed specifically 

with Key Stage 1, Literacy Curriculum 

relevance in mind. W2 x L3m. 

CA00652 £268.74 

2. Giant 100 Number 

Squares Mat 

Encourage numeracy skills with 

these thick and soft Counting and 

Multiplication carpets. Perfect for 

teaching Mathematics and can also 

be used to support Communication 

& Language, as one of the other key 

areas of learning and development. 

Features extra thick, washable pile 

with a non-slip back. Edges are fully 

bound with a stitch wear resistant 

edge. W200 x L200cm. Made from 

carpet. 

CE00267 Counting £204.74 

CE00268 Multiplication £191.94 

Counting Gird Carpet 

Multiplication Grid Carpet 

3 

* 

* 

* 

Made from extra thick, 

washable pile with a non-slip 

backing. 

Featuring brightly coloured 

and engaging designs for 

children. 

Encourage learning with these 

mini mats through interaction 

and play. 

3. Alphabet Mini Mats 

These thick and soft alphabet mats 

are ideal for sharing resources 

between classrooms. Perfect for 

teaching Literacy and also support 

the following key areas of learning 

and development: PSE Development 


Made from extra thick, washable 

pile with a non-slip backing. Edges 

are fully bound with a stitch wear 

resistant edge. A holdall is supplied 

free of charge. W40 x L40cm. Pack 

of 26. 

CE00269 £221.38 

26 

PACK OF 



1. Alphabet Square Rug 

L200 x W200cm 

This thick and soft alphabet 

placement carpet is great for 

learning letter recognition in a 

fun and interactive way. Meets all 

relevant safety standards. Features 

25 placement squares. Perfect for 

teaching Literacy and also supports 




W2 x L2m. 

CE07245 £253.38 

2. Rainbow Alphabet 

Rectangle Rug 

This thick and soft alphabet 

placement carpet is great for 

learning letter recognition in a fun 

and interactive way. Features 20 

placement spots. Perfect for teaching 

Literacy and also supports the 


development: PSE Development and 

Communication & Language. Crease 

and abrasion resistant with special 

anti-slip safety backing, this carpet 

meets all relevant safety standards. 

W200 x L300cm. 

CE07526 £332.74 

3. Rainbow Alphabet Mat 

Designed to enhance learning word 

and letter recognition in a fun 

and interactive way. Word, letter 

and picture associations clearly 

identifiable through the Sassoon 

Infant font in upper and lowercase. 

Crease and abrasion resistant with 

a unique Rhombus anti-slip latex 

safety backing. Tightly bound edges 

help to prevent any fraying. W150 

x L200cm. 

CE07534 £120.26 

4. Pencils Alphabet Floor 

Mat 

This thick and soft alphabet pencils 

carpet is great for learning letter 

recognition in a fun and interactive 

way. Finished with an extra thick 

pile designed specifically for comfort 

and longevity. Excellent for group 

use due to large size. Perfect for 

teaching Literacy and also supports 




W2 x L3m. 

CE06375 £332.74 

1 

2 

ONLY 

£332.74 


FURNITURE 

3 4 


263

FURNITURE RECEPTION BREAKOUT 

Visitors Chairs 

1 

2 3 

BK 


RE 

PACK OF 

8 

BL 

PU 

GR 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 

letters to your order code 

e.g CE10782BK 

Code Pack Size Price 

CE1506 1 £30.66 

CE1507 20 £587.52 

CE1508 50 £1,507.20 


BL CH SA 


letters to your order code e.g CE1506BL 

4 

1. Pod Style Plastic Chairs 

A stylish, modern looking adult-sized 

chair that makes an attractive addition 

to any break out, reception area or 

staff room. This incredibly comfortable 

chair has a generously wide seat and 

rolled edges with built in arms. Choice 

of four colours. H77 x W60 x D53.5cm. 

Made from polypropylene. Supplied 


CE08098 Aqua Blue £66.50 

CE08099 Ebony £66.50 

CE08100 Orange £66.50 

CE08101 Lime £66.50 

2. 8 Pack Folding Chairs 

The chair has a deep contoured 

veined back, providing additional back 

support and comfort. The double 

riveted rear cross brace provides added 

strength and stops the rear legs sinking 

into the ground in outdoor conditions. 

This chair folds flat for compact 

storage, overlapping polypropylene 

back protects the frame. 

Size: 450mm(w) x 550mm(d) x 

870mm(h) 

Seat height: 450mm 

CE11174BL Blue £235.46 

CE11174CH Charcoal £235.46 

3. Series E Linking Chair 

Construct straight rows of chairs 

quickly and easily. Ideal for use in 

school halls, or other venues for lots of 

people. Simply drop the adjacent chair 

into its neighbour’s linking device then 

lift out again. A classic, durable chair. 

Classroom Series E chair also available. 

Frames are constructed of high quality 

steel and are painted with leatherite 

paint for the ultimate durability. Only 

the highest grade of polypropylene is 

used in the manufacturing. Seat height 

430mm. H760 x W470 x D500mm. 

Made from polypropylene. Supplied 


4. Pepperpot Chair 

The Pepperpot Chair is the perfect 

modern chair for any reception, 

breakout area, classroom or staff 

room. Ergonomic designed and tested 

to EN1729, giving improved long term 

sitting comfort. Smooth easy wipe 

clean finish. 10 year manufacturers 

warranty. 


CE10782 430 mm £25.59 

CE10783 460 mm £25.59 

W490 x D500mm 


Visitors Chairs 

1. Reception Area Seating 

and Table 

An ideal option for staff rooms and 

receptions areas. The classic wooden 

frame incorporates a heavy duty 

metal sub-frame and a generously 

upholstered seat and back. The 

matching tables are also solid wood 

with a top quality finish. Seat height 

40cm. Made from wood. Supplied 


CE06823 Single Seat Chair £262.34 

CE06826 Tock Single 

Armchair 

£332.74 

CE06827 Two Seater 

Armchair 

£659.14 

2. Puffin Chair 

A stylish choice for reception areas, 

staff rooms and libraries. A modern 

and comfortable design with deep 

supportive upholstery. Supplied 

with Duraform Speckled Light Grey 

frame paint. Comes with a 5 year 

manufacturers warranty. H730 x 

W540 x D600cm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10576BK Black £294.34 

CE10576BL Blue £294.34 

CE10576CH Charcoal £294.34 

CE10576LI Lime £294.34 

CE10576RE Red £294.34 

3. Yealm Reception Chair 

Yealm is a stylish reception soft 

seating solution with a curved 

laminated wooden frame and 

ergonomic back design. This modular 

seating comes with a solid wood 

top table and available in two fabric 

colours. Allows visitors to wait in 

comfort whenever they visit the 

office or school reception. 

Seat Width: 460mm 

Seat Depth: 460mm 

Back Height: 510mm 

Back Width: 460mm H870 x W540 x 

D570mm. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE10578BK No Arms Black £253.38 


CE10579BK With Arms Black £268.74 

CE10579BL With Arms Blue £268.74 

4. Yealm Coffee Table 

This Yealm Coffee Table goes 

perfect with our Yealm Reception 

Chairs. Elegant flowing lines with 

a laminated wooden frame. Easy 

to move and re-configure to suit 

different environments. H380 x 

W410 x D380mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10580 £174.02 

2 

1 

RECEPTION BREAKOUT 

FURNITURE 

3 

4 


265

Sofas & Arm Chairs 


1 

2 


BL CY BK OR SL TE VI WR 


e.g CE11634BL 

1. NEW Faringdon Modular 

Seating 

Combine modules and choose from 

a wide range of colours to create a 

stylish and comfortable seating area 

to fit for your environment. All units 

are produced under UKAS accredited 

ISO14001 Enviromental Managment 

Standard. 


CE11633 Seat £233.33 

CE11634 Armchair £371.06 

CE11635 Left Arm £296.56 

CE11636 Right Arm £296.56 

CE11637 Corner £277.24 

CE11638 Table £228.72 

2. Modular Reception 

Seating Range 

Comfortable, upholstered modular 

seating, ideal for staff rooms and 

reception areas. The individual 

units can be combined to create an 

attractive seating area to fit your 

space. Available in a choice of three 

colours. Sizes: 

• Two Arms Seat - H80 x W78 x 

D67cm 

• Armless Seat - H80 x W63 x D67cm 

• Right/Left hand Seat - H80 x W70 

x D67cm. 

• Stool size: H34 x W63 x L63cm. 

Made from fabric. 

Red Blue Charcoal 

Left Arm CE07679 CE07680 CE07681 £351.94 

Right Arm CE07682 CE07683 CE07684 £351.94 

Two Arms CE07685 CE07686 CE07687 £447.94 

No Arms CE07688 CE07689 CE07690 £235.46 

Stool CE07691 CE07692 CE07693 £174.02 

3 

3. Alto Modular Reception 

Seating 

A modular range of furniture that 

can be configured to suit any 

reception, break out area, office or 

staff room as needed. This range 

of Modular Seating offers excellent 

back support for each individual 

and creates a unique personalised 

design. Right & Left Arm Chair: 

W675 x D640 x H780mm 

Armchair: W770 x D640 x H780mm 

No Arms: W580 x D640 x H780mm 

Corner Seat: W560 x D640 x 

H780mm 

Coffee Table: W620 x D620mm 

Blue Charcoal Raspberry 

Armchair no arms CE20154 CE20160 CE20297 £206.02 

Corner Seat CE20155 CE20161 CE20298 £199.62 

Armchair CE20156 CE20162 CE20299 £300.74 

Left Armchair CE20157 CE20163 CE20300 £246.98 

Right Armchair CE20158 CE20164 CE20301 £246.98 

Coffee Table CE20159 CE20165 CE20302 £133.06 



1 


1. Giant Patchwork Three 

Piece Suite 

Quirky, oversized sofa, chair and 

ottoman, in a vibrant patchwork 

design. Make a stunning statement 

in breakout and reception areas, 

libraries and reading corners. Young 

and old will love sitting on these 

giant pieces, relaxing and fun. 

Durable fabric. Wipe clean only. 

Fire retardant. Ottoman has slow 

close hinges to help prevent finger 

trapping. Provides a great storage 

capacity for books, cushions or lots 

of other things. 

Chair: H128 x W138 x D84cm. Seat 

height 62cm. 

Sofa: H67 x W220 x D68cm. Seat 

height 34cm. 

Ottoman: H43 x W150 x D52cm. 

Supplied fully assembled. 1 year 

warranty. 

CE10758 Chair £787.14 

CE10428 Sofa £921.54 

CE10429 Ottoman £524.74 

CE10430 Sofa and Ottoman £1,433.54 

2. Loose Cover Sofa 

Comfortable sofa for your staff 

room, reception area or reading 

corner. Easy to remove covers (zip 

fastened), washable at 30°C. Foam 

padding is fire retardant to UK 

standards. Available in four colours. 

Seat height 44cm. H75 x W160 x 

D75cm. Supplied fully assembled. 1 


CE07347 Mink £895.94 

CE07348 Red £895.94 

CE07349 Blue £895.94 

CE10455 Grey £895.94 

2 

Grey 

Blue 

FURNITURE 

Mink 

Red 


267



1 

2 

1. NEW Glacier Modular Seating 

A range of fully upholstered modular seating, with 

robust frames, hard wearing fabrics and a corresponding 

table. Chairs are supplied without arms to allow creation 

of large seating areas. 


CE11612 Chair £209.40 

CE11613 Arms £77.17 

CE11611 Table £152.95 

Blue Fabric 




Chair Arms Table 

BL 

2. Formal Reception Area 

Seating 

These attractive tub chairs and sofas 

will enhance any reception, lounge, 

informal meeting area or even your 

staff room . Stylish and comfortable, 

with a choice of blue fabric or black 

faux leather finishes. Supplied with 

a two year guarantee. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE06226 

CE06227 

CE06228 

CE06229 

CT 

Single Tub Black 

Leather 

Two Seat Tub Black 

Leather 

Single Tub Blue 

Fabric 

Two Seat Tub Blue 

Fabric 

£202.18 

£275.14 

£222.66 

£300.74 

Black Leather 



1 


1. Wonderland Range 

Adult’s Chair and Sofa 

Add one of these stripy tub chairs 

or sofas to your school to give it a 

modern funky edge. These attractive 

tub chairs and sofas will enhance 

any reception, lounge, staffroom and 

communal area or informal meeting 

area. Chair H27 xW80 xD73. Sofa 

H27 x1310 xD73. Seat height 49cm. 


CE06878 Chair £396.74 

CE06879 Sofa £524.74 

2. Wonderland Furniture 

Range 

A set of quirky furniture which 

will create a focal point in any 

room! Choose from a sofa, chair 

or footstool, all covered in a fire 

retardant sumptuous, tactile Chenille 

material. Ideal for nursery age 

children. Dimensions: 

Sofa - L165 x W68 x H95cm 

Chair - L128 x W68 x H95cm 

Footstool - L39 x W43 x H15cm. 

Made from polyester. 

CE05895 Sofa £761.54 

CE05934 Chair £620.74 

CE05953 Stool £93.38 

2 

FURNITURE 


269

Office Chairs 

FURNITURE OFFICE FURNITURE 

1 

2 

High back operator chair that is shaped to offer maximum 

lumbar support 

1. Bilbao Operator Chairs 

These high back operator chairs are 

the perfect addition for any office. 

The Bilbao Operator Chairs have a 

five star black nylon base, 50mm 

twin wheel castors and a manual 

height adjustment (seat height 

425 - 535mm, back height 550mm). 

W480 x D605mm. Made from nylon. 


warranty. 

CE20180 Blue No Arms £92.10 

CE20183 Charcoal No Arms £92.10 


CE20184 Charcoal Fixed 

Arms 

£120.26 


Arms 

£127.94 

CE20185 Charcoal Adjustable 

Arms 

£127.94 

BL 

CH 

2. Bilbao Lumbar Operator 

Chairs 

High back operator chairs that offers 

maximum lumbar support. Comes 

with a waterfall sculptured foam seat 

and manual height adjustment (seat 

height 425 - 535mm, back height 

550mm). Available with no arms, 

fixed arms and adjustable arms. 

W480 x D605mm. Made from nylon. 


warranty. 

CE20186 Blue No Arms £92.10 

CE20189 Black No Arms £92.10 


CE20190 Black Fixed Arms £120.26 

CE20193 Burgundy Fixed 

Arms 

£120.26 


Arms 

£133.06 

CE20191 Black Adjustable 

Arms 

£133.06 

CE20194 Burgundy Adjustable 

Arms 

£133.06 

BU BL BK 

2 

No arms Fixed arms Adjustable arms 


Office Chairs 

1. Vantage Swivel Desk Chairs 

An economically priced, fully adjustable office 

chair. Features a contoured high back with 

comfortable waterfall shaped seat. Includes gas 

seat height adjustment, manual back height 

adjustment and the Asynchro version includes 

seat tilt adjustment. Seat height 460 - 570mm. 

Back height 530mm. Overall width 480mm and 

depth 605mm. Seat height 570mm. Supplied 

fully assembled. 1 year warranty. 

FROM 

£92.10 

1 

OFFICE FURNITURE 

RE 

BK 

Blue Black Red 

Permanent Contact Back CE06115 CE06116 CE20172 £92.10 

FURNITURE 

Asynchro Mechanism CE06117 CE06118 CE20174 £107.46 

BL 

Fixed Arms CE07715 CE07716 CE20176 £117.70 

Adjustable Arms CE07717 CE07718 CE20178 £143.30 

2. Aurora Operator Chair 

High back mesh operator office 

chair with headrest. Designed with 

durability and comfort in mind with 

an internal steel frame and deep 

padded black air mesh seat. Seat 

height 440 – 560mm, back height 

700mm, width 600mm, depth 

660mm. Gas seat height adjustment, 

weight tension control, standard tilt 

lock, 5 star chrome base. Supplied 


CE10133 £130.50 

2 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Gas seat height 

adjustment 

Weight tension control 

Standard tilt lock 

5 star chrome base 


271

Office Chairs 


1 

2 

Fixed Arms 

Adjustable Arms 

1. Mesh Back Operator Chair 

Office chair with gas seat height 

adjustment and lockable back tilt. 

Permanent contact back with back 

height adjustment. Seat height 440 - 

560mm, back height 530mm, width 

670mm, depth 600mm. 3 years 

warranty. Supplied fully assembled. 


CE10173CH No Arms Charcoal £149.70 

CE10174BL Fixed Arms Blue £163.78 

CE10174CH Fixed Arms 

Charcoal 

£163.78 

CE10175BL Adjustable Arms 

Blue 

£176.58 

CE10175CH Adjustable Arms 

Charcoal 

£176.58 

* 

* 

* 

Tilt adjust back rest 


adjustment 

Back height 

adjustment 

2. Executive Swivel Desk 

Chairs 

An executive chair that adds style to 

any office environment. Contoured 

lower back for added comfort 

and support. Stitched detail for 

an elegant look. Supplied in black 

leather or nylon fabric. Seat height 

450 – 540mm, back height 655mm, 

width 645mm, depth 760mm. 

Fixed armrests, gas seat height 

adjustment, knee tilt adjustment and 

user weight tension control. 

1 year warranty. 

CE06119 Black Leather £145.86 

CE06120 Blue Fabric £133.06 

CE06121 Black Fabric £133.06 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Fixed armrests 


adjustment 

Knee tilt adjustment 

User weight tension 

control 

3 

3. Bari High Executive 

Leather Chair 

The Bari executive chair is perfect 

for adding a touch of style to your 

office. The contemporary black 

ribbed faux leather design has a 

high back that will add comfort, 

with chrome arms and base that will 

always look sleek and stylish. Gas lift 

adjustable with users weight tension 

control. Weight capacity 120kg. 

Height adjustable between 1020 - 

1120mm. 

CE10577 £275.14 


1. Upholstered Meeting 

Chair 

1 

The simple Taurus is a popular, 

comfortable, economic chair. 

Available with a choice of black 

or chrome legs. Supplied with a 

two year guarantee. Stack up to 

eight high. Seat Width: 54cm Seat 

Height: 48.5cm Seat Depth: 42cm 

Back Height: 39cm Seat height 

485mm. H875 x W480 x D550mm. 

Made from nylon. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE11647BK Black Frame Black £80.58 

Fabric Single 

CE11647BL Black Frame Blue £80.58 

Fabric Single 

CE06127 Chrome Frame £80.58 

Blue Fabric Single 

CE06128 Chrome Frame £80.58 

Black Fabric Single 

2. Curved Wooden Side 

Chairs 

A simple woodframe chair which 

has a cushioned seat and back. Chair 

2 

stackable up to four high. Available 

in a choice of charcoal or blue fabric, 

with or without arms. Seat Height: 

45cm Seat Width: 46cm Seat Depth: 

47cm Back Height:23cm Back Width: 

46.5cm 

CE11648BK With Arms Black £130.50 

CE11648BL With Arms Blue £130.50 

CE11649BK Without Arms £130.50 

Black 

CE11649BL Without Arms Blue £130.50 

3. Tuscan High Back 

Operator Chair 

High back office chair with back 

support. The uniquely shaped back 

and headrest ensure the chair adapts 

to the users back and provides just 

the right amount of support. Pivot 

arms, weight tension control and 

tilt lock. Seat height adjustment 470– 

570mm, back height 730mm. W690 

x D600mm. Available in black leather 

for an executive finish, with a mesh 

back or in blue or black fabric. Extra 

cushioning whilst retaining a modern 

design with sleek contours. 

Seat width 500mm 

Seat depth 530mm. 

Back width 470mm 

Total height 1150 - 1250mm 


CE10151 Black Mesh £168.90 3 

CE10152 Blue £202.18 

CE10153 Black £202.18 

CE10154 BlackLeather £202.18 

* Pivot arms 

* Gas seat height 

adjustment 

* Weight tension control 

* Standard tilt lock 

Office Chairs 


FURNITURE 


273

Office Storage 


2 

1 

H723 x W478 x D650mm 


BE 

OA 

H1038 x W478 x D650mm 



H1353 x W478 x D650mm 

1. Filing Cabinet 

Fully lockable drawers with ball bearing runners and anti-tilt mechanism. 

45kg weight loading per drawer with 100% drawer extension. Sturdy 18mm 

melamine with a choice of matching desks and pedestals. Fully assembled. 

Fully lockable drawers 

Choice 

Beech 

H1353 x W478 x D650mm 

Oak 

Price 

Two Drawer CE11471BE CE11471OA £240.58 

Three Drawer CE11472BE CE11472OA £281.54 

Four Drawer CE11473BE CE11473OA £307.14 

2. Desk Pedestal 

Offering versatile and practical storage solutions, the 

Maestro storage range will keep your office organised 

and looking neat and tidy. Sturdy melamine with clean 

cut lines and minimal modern styling, with pull handles. 

Choice of matching desk range and can be configured 

to suit the requirements of any office landscape. Fully 

assembled. Just needs castors inserting. 


CE10652 Three High £214.98 



H725 x W426 x D600mm 

H567 x W426 x D600mm 


BE 

OA 



H567 x W426 x D600mm 


1. Two Drawer Desks 

Great value, durable desking with 

handy drawers for storage. Large 

draw accepts A4 and foolscap 

files. Two cable access ports. Draw 

pedestal can be fitted left or right. 

Complete with adjustable feet. Fully 

welded steel frame for strength and 

stability. Desk requires assembly, 

drawers fully assembled. Self- 


CE20286 Beech L1200mm £214.98 

CE20283 Oak L1200mm £214.98 

CE20287 Beech L1600mm £227.78 

CE20284 Oak L1600mm £227.78 

CE20288 Beech L1800mm £240.58 

CE20285 Oak L1800mm £240.58 

2. Three Drawer Desk 

Rectangular desks 800mm deep 

with graphite H frame leg set. Three 

drawer fixed pedestal which can 

be fitted to left or right hand side. 

Sturdy melamine desktops with 

two cable access ports. The fully 

welded H frame leg design ensures 

a strong and stable workstation. 


complete with adjustable feet. 

Choice of matching storage to 



CE10647BE Beech L1200mm £214.98 

CE10648BE Beech L1600mm £227.78 

CE10649BE Beech L1800mm £240.58 

CE10647OA Oak L1200mm £214.98 

CE10648OA Oak L1600mm £227.78 

CE10649OA Oak L1800mm £240.58 

3. Two & Three Drawer Desk 


graphite H frame leg set. Two and 

Three drawer fixed pedestals with 

pull handles which can be fitted to 

either side. Pedestals have shallow 

drawers and one filing drawer for A4 

and foolscap files. Sturdy melamine 

desktops with two cable access 

ports. The fully welded H frame leg 

design ensures a strong and stable 

workstation. Choice of matching 

storage to complement the range. 


assembled. 

CE10650BE Beech L1600mm £345.54 

CE10651BE Beech L1800mm £383.94 

CE10650OA Oak L1600mm £345.54 

CE10651OA Oak L1800mm £383.94 

4. Double Three Drawer 

Desk 


graphite H frame leg set. 2 x three 

drawer fixed pedestals with three 

shallow drawers. Sturdy melamine 

desktops available in beech and 

oak with two cable access ports. 


complete with adjustable feet. 

Choice of matching storage to 



CE10724BE L1600mm Beech £345.54 

CE10724OA L1600mm Oak £345.54 

CE10725BE L1800mm Beech £383.94 

CE10725OA L1800mm Oak £383.94 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Desking 


FURNITURE 


275


Desking 

1 

2 

H72.5 x W80 x L140cm 

1. Folding Leg Meeting 

Tables 

Ideal for meeting rooms, break 

out spaces or staff rooms. Simply 

fold away to maximize on your 

space. Stack easily when not in 

use. Customise your table layout by 

combining different shapes. 25mm 

MFC desk top. 16 gauge tubular steel 

chrome legs. Height levelling feet. 


CE20210 Beech Rectangle £240.58 

CE20211 Oak Rectangle £240.58 

CE20212 Beech Trapezoid £294.34 

CE20213 Oak Trapezoid £294.34 

CE20214 Beech Circle £294.34 

CE20215 Oak Circle £294.34 

H72.5 x W80 x L160cm H72.5 x W80 x L160cm 

2. Meeting Room Tables 

An extremely sturdy and stylish non 

stacking table, designed to last a 

minimum of 10 years. Strong welded 

frame with 50mm tubular legs and 

polished MDF edge. In a variety of 

shapes and colours. Ideal for use 

in classrooms, meeting rooms and 

reception areas. 


AI BE GY MA 


to your order code e.g CE1427BE 



CE1428 Trapezoid £186.82 

CE1429 Circle £358.34 

CE1430 Square £159.94 


1. Momento Rectangular Desks 

Stylish office desk with robust silver cantilever frame. 

Simple yet stylish these desks are finished with 25mm 

MFC providing a quality top. Double steel legs for added 

strength. Cut outs at the back help keep cables tidy. 

Adjustable feet. 

Co-ordinating storage units available. Self-Assembly. 8 



BE MA OA WA 


to your order code e.g CE1536BE 

Code Length Price 

CE1536 1000 mm £168.90 

CE1537 1200 mm £181.70 

CE1538 1400 mm £194.50 

CE1539 1600 mm £207.30 

CE1540 1800 mm £227.78 

1 

Desking 


2. Social Distancing Desk 

Partitions 

The lightweight design with suction 

cups make the partitions easy to 

move within your setting. 

PS10116 Small £44.74 

PS10117 Medium £51.14 

PS10118 Large £76.74 

3. Social Distancing 3 Sided 

Desk Partitions 

Ideal for use in all areas of school, 

particularly those where social 

distancing is more challenging, such 

as dining rooms, smaller classrooms 

or offices. 

PS10119 Extra Large £63.94 

PS10120 Small £51.14 

2 

FURNITURE 

* 

* 

* 

Clear, lightweight 

design 

Suction cup design 

means the partitions 

can be easily moved 

Quick and easy to 

clean 

3 


277


Desking 

Rectangular office desks & desk pedestal offers! 

Rectangular Desks are available in three lengths 1200, 1400 and 1600mm, paired 

with a mobile 3 high pedestal drawer. Available in Beech and desks come with an 

8 year manufacturers warranty. Please see pages 279 and 280 for the full range of 

Rectangular Office Desks and Pedestals. 

1 

2 

1. Rectangular 1200mm 

Desk and 3 High Pedestal 

Beech 

Simple and stylish 1200mm desk 

with upright cantilever legs, paired 

with a mobile 3 high pedestal. 

Can accommodate the under desk 

pedestal positioned either left or 

right. Co-ordinating storage units 

also available. Desk Dimensions: 

H725 x W800mm 

Pedestal Dimensions: H730 x W430 

x D600mm 

CE10784 £345.54 



Beech 


with upright cantilever legs, 

paired with a mobile 3 high 

pedestal. Can accommodate the 

under desk pedestal positioned 

either left or right. Co-ordinating 

storage units also available. Desk 

Dimensions: H725 x W800mm 


x D600mm 

CE10785 £358.34 



Beech 


with upright cantilever legs, 

paired with a mobile 3 high 

pedestal. Can accommodate the 

under desk pedestal positioned 


storage units also available. Desk 

Dimensions: H725 x W800mm 


x D600mm 

CE10786 £371.14 

4. Maestro Crescent Desks 

Practical office corner desk with 

curved edge providing a greater 

working area. Simple and stylish 

with double upright sliver cantilever 

leg and durable desk top ensuring 

strength and stability. Includes two 

integrated cable ports. Use as a 

stand alone desk, but also works well 

when two or four more desks are 

placed together. Can accommodate 

an under desk pedestal positioned 


storage units also available. 

Short edge (side): 800mm 

Long edge (side): 1200mm 

Front edge (short): 600mm 

Made from mfc and metal. Self- 


CE06626 

CE06627 

CE06628 

CE06629 

CE06630 

CE06631 

CE06632 

CE06633 

Oak Left Hand 

L1600mm 

Beech Left Hand 

L1600mm 

Oak Right Hand 

L1600mm 

Beech Right Hand 

L1600mm 

Oak Left Hand 

L1800mm 

Beech Left Hand 

L1800mm 

Oak Right Hand 

L1800mm 

Beech Right Hand 

L1800mm 

£281.54 

£281.54 

£281.54 

£281.54 

£294.34 

£294.34 

£294.34 

£294.34 


Desking 

1. Maestro 25mm Three 

Drawer Desks 

Practical office desk with three built 

in lockable drawers. Simple and 

stylish with double upright sliver 

cantilever leg and durable desk 

top ensuring strength and stability. 

25mm melamine which includes 

two integrated cable ports. Use as a 

stand alone desk, but also works well 

when two desks are placed together. 

Can also accommodate a mobile an 

under desk pedestal. 

Co-ordinating storage units also 

available. Rectangle shaped. Made 

from mfc and metal. Self-Assembly. 8 


CE06634 Oak L1200mm £326.34 

CE06635 Beech L1200mm £326.34 

CE06636 Oak L1600mm £358.34 

CE06637 Beech L1600mm £358.34 

2. Maestro 25mm 

Rectangular Desks 

Practical office desk in a choice of 

sizes. Simple and stylish with double 

upright sliver cantilever leg and 

durable desk top ensuring strength 

and stability. 25mm melamine which 

includes two integrated cable ports. 

Use as a stand alone desk, but also 

works well when two desks are 

placed together. Can accommodate 

an under desk pedestal positioned 


storage units also available. 

Rectangle shaped. Made from mfc. 


CE06620 Oak L1200mm £174.02 

CE06621 Beech L1200mm £174.02 

CE06622 Oak L1600mm £199.62 

CE06623 Beech L1600mm £199.62 

CE06624 Oak L1800mm £214.98 

CE06625 Beech L1800mm £214.98 

3. Maestro 25mm Panel Leg 

Desks 

Great value, durable desking in a 

range of sizes to suit your space. 

Complete with adjustable feet. Two 

cable access ports. Self-Assembly. 8 


CE20292 Beech L1228mm £186.82 

CE20289 Oak L1228mm £186.82 

CE20293 Beech L1532mm £199.62 

CE20290 Oak L1532mm £199.62 

CE20294 Beech L1786mm £227.78 

CE20291 Oak L1786mm £227.78 

1 

2 

3 


FURNITURE 


BE 

OA 


279



1 

Shown in Oak 

Oak Beech Maple Walnut 

2 Drawer CE06805 CE06814 CE20277 CE20280 £253.38 



2 

3 

Steel Pedestal 

H725 x W426 x D600mm 

1. Office Filing Cabinets 

Stylish range of two, three and four 

draw wooden filing cabinets. Antitilt, 

fitted with locks and stylish silver 

handles. Accepts hanging foolscap 

files only - not designed for bulk 

storage. W480 x D655mm. H730, 

H1045 or H1360mm. 

OA BE MA 

WA 

2. Steel Mobile Desk 

Pedestal With Three 

Drawers 

Very strong outer, this pedestal 

brings a contemporary look to 

office filing. Nicely compliments 

our Momento desking. Accepts A4 

and foolscap files. Supplied with 

castors. Ball bearing runners. Fully 

locking. Weight 22kg. H565 x W391 

x L545mm. Made from steel. Self- 


CE20226 £214.98 

3. Desk Pedestals 

Handy under desk pedestals with 

lockable drawers and castors. The 

two and three drawer pedestals fit 

underneath a desk, whereas the desk 

high pedestal is the same height as 

a standard desk so ideal for standing 

to the side. The two drawer pedestal 

and desk high pedestal both include 

one deep filing drawer that accepts 

both A4 and foolscap files. 

Co-ordinates with Maestro, Vivo and 

Momento desking. 

H567 x W426 x D600mm 

H567 x W426 x D600mm 




High 3 Drawer CE07735 CE07736 CE20275 CE20276 £240.58 


1. Storage Cupboards 

Lockable cupboards, ideal for school 

offices and general use. Useful 

storage with adjustable shelves 

that can be positioned at 32mm 

intervals. Solid full height, lockable 

doors with 18mm backs and 25mm 

thick tops, in various heights. W80 

x D47cm. Co-ordinates with other 

office furniture available, e.g. desk 

pedestals, filing cabinets, bookcases, 

cupboard combination units and 

Maestro, Vivo and Momento desks. 

OA BE MA 

WA 

2. Wooden Bookcase 

Durable, stylish bookcases, ideal 

libraries, classrooms the school office 

or staff rooms. Useful for various 

storage with adjustable shelves that 

can be positioned at 32mm intervals. 

Solid 18mm back panels and 25mm 

thick tops. W80 x D47cm, various 

heights. Co-ordinates with other 

items including: Lockable Storage 

Cupboards, Cupboard and Shelving 

Units, Office Wooden Filing Cabinets, 

Office Wooden Desk Pedestals, plus 

Maestro, Vivo and Momento desks. 

Cupboard & Bookcase 

shelving: 

H740mm - 1 adjustable 

H1090mm - 2 adjustable 

H1440mm - 1 fixed, 2 

adjustable 

H1790mm - 1 fixed, 3 

adjustable 

H2140mm - 1 fixed, 4 

adjustable 


1 

Height 


740 mm CE06808 CE06817 CE10059 CE10067 £216.26 

1090 mm CE20129 CE20130 CE10061 CE10068 £227.78 

1440 mm CE06809 CE06818 CE10088 CE10069 £345.54 

1790 mm CE20131 CE20132 CE10062 CE10070 £358.34 

2140 mm CE06810 CE06819 CE10060 CE10071 £409.54 

2 

Height 


740 mm CE06811 CE06820 CE10063 CE10072 £159.94 

1090 mm CE20133 CE20134 CE10065 CE10074 £199.62 

1440 mm CE06812 CE06821 CE10066 CE10075 £221.38 

1790 mm CE20135 CE20136 CE10078 CE10073 £307.14 

2140 mm CE06813 CE06822 CE10064 CE10076 £345.54 


FURNITURE 

3. Cupboard Combination 

Units 

Ideal if space is limited providing 

open shelving and cupboard storage. 

A great addition to the office with 

easy access shelving which could 

also be used to display items. 18mm 

solid MFC backs and 25mm tops. 

Cupboard doors are lockable. W80 

x D47cm, various heights. Shelving 

is adjustable. Cupboard in units 

with height 1440mm and 1790mm 

include one shelf, cupboard in 

unit height 2140mm includes two 

shelves. 

3 

Height 


Three Shelves CE20198 CE20201 CE20204 CE20207 £268.74 

Four Shelves CE20199 CE20202 CE20205 CE20208 £326.34 

Five Shelves CE20200 CE20203 CE20206 CE20209 £358.34 


281



1 

3 

2 

1. Filing Cabinets 

Perfect for the school office or staff 

room. These high quality cabinets are 

economically priced. With recessed 

handles. drawer label holder, central 

locking and anti tilt mechanism. 

Available with two, three or four 

drawers. Sizes: 

2 Drawer - L622 x W470 x H711mm 

3 Drawer - L622 x W470 x H1016mm 

4 Drawer - L622 x W470 x 

H1321mm. Made from steel. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE06102 Grey 2 Drawer £186.82 

CE06103 Cream 2 Drawer £186.82 





2. Economy Filing Cabinets 

Great value filing cabinets without 

compromising style or security. 

These Economy Filing Cabinets 

are designed for suspension filing 

and can take up to 35kg worth of 

content. 

2 Drawer - W470 x D622 x H711mm 

3 Drawer - W470 x D622 x 

H1016mm 

4 Drawer - W470 x D622 x 

H1321mm Made from steel. Self- 


CE20145 Cream Two 

Drawer 

£214.98 

CE20144 Grey Two Drawer £214.98 

CE20143 Black Two Drawer £214.98 

CE20148 Cream Three 

Drawer 

£227.78 

CE20147 Grey Three Drawer £227.78 

CE20146 Black Three Drawer £227.78 

CE20151 Cream Four 

Drawer 

£253.38 

CE20150 Grey Four Drawer £253.38 

CE20149 Black Four Drawer £253.38 

3. Tambour Storage 

Cupboards 

Offering versatile and practical 

storage solutions, these Tambour 

Cupboards will keep your office 

organised and looking neat and tidy. 

Staples for the modern office, with 

their minimal, modern styling and 

choice of wood finishes. They are 

a practical group of units that will 

sit comfortably in an office space 

without dominating it. Shelving not 

included but is available separately. 

Recommended Max: 

H715 - 1 Shelf 

H1200 - 2 Shelves 



CE10582BE Beech 715mm £422.34 

CE10582OA Oak 715mm £422.34 

CE10581BE Beech 1200mm £473.54 

CE10581OA Oak 1200mm £473.54 

CE10583BE Beech 1600mm £511.94 

CE10583OA Oak 1600mm £511.94 

CE10584BE Beech 2000mm £575.94 

CE10584OA Oak 2000mm £575.94 

CE10932 Steel Shelf H £33.22 

715mm Oak 

1200mm Beech 1600mm Oak 2000mm Beech 


1. Contract Tambour 

Storage Cupboard 

The Contract Tambour cupboard 

represents great value and flexibility 

for office storage. Doors slide and 

retract smoothly to save space, 

leaving walkways unobstructed. 

Doors roll back fully providing easy 

access to the entire cupboard. 

Cupboards are supplied without 

shelving. Shelves and roll out filing 

frame available separately. 

CE06089 Grey Low Unit £511.94 

CE20137 Black Low Unit £511.94 

CE06092 Grey Mid Unit £537.54 

CE20138 Black Mid Unit £537.54 

CE06095 Grey High Unit £614.34 

CE20139 Black High Unit £614.34 

CE06096 Grey Steel Shelf £28.10 

CE06099 Grey Roll Out Filing 

Frame 

£107.46 

1 



Shelving not included with 

Tambour units, but is 

available separately. 

Recommended max: 

* 

* 

* 

2. Lockable Metal Storage 

Cupboard 

Designed for maximum storage 

capacity but economical on space. 

Supplied with black dual purpose 

shelving which accommodates 

under-shelf filing. Made from steel. 


CE06108 Grey Low Unit 

1 Shelf 

CE06109 Cream Low Unit 

1 Shelf 

CE20153 Black Low Unit 

1 Shelf 

CE06112 Grey High Unit 3 

Shelves 

CE06113 Cream High Unit 3 

Shelves 

CE20152 Black High Unit 3 

Shelves 

* 

* 

Low Unit- 1 shelf 

Mid Unit - 3 shelves 

High Unit - 4 shelves 

Low unit (includes 1 

shelf) W914 x D400 x 

H1000mm 

£240.58 

£240.58 

£240.58 

£307.14 

£307.14 

£307.14 

High unit (includes 3 

shelves) W914 x D400 

x H1806mm 

2 

FROM 

£240.58 

1 

Shelf for Tambour Units 

Roll Out Filing Frame 

FURNITURE 

3. Extra Shelf for Lockable 

Metal Storage Cupboard 

Additional shelf to fit within the 

Lockable Metal Storage Cupboard. 

Easily inserts at whatever height you 

require. Fixings included. 

CE06114 £25.59 

Includes shelving: Low Unit- 1 shelf, 

High Unit - 4 shelves 


283



1 

24 Section 

2 

3 

12 Section 

1. Pigeon Holes 

Versatile filing unit ideal for sorting a 

variety of office supplies and collating 

papers up to A4 in size. Each unit 

features a heavy duty corrugated board 

inserts, self-adhesive labels and plastic 

edge guards. Includes a full fixing kit. 

Not suitable to be mounted on a wall. 

12 Section - L30.2 x W74 x H31cm. 

24 section - L30 x W74 x H62cm. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE03104 12 Section £107.46 

CE03105 24 Section £120.26 

2. Lever Arch File Desktop 

Storage Unit 

Designed for easy storage of up to 

six level arch files. Manufactured 

from beech effect laminated wood 

with strong inner corrugated board 

modules. H41 x W61 x L35.5cm. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE03102 £120.26 

3. Open Storage Unit with 

Mixed Size Compartments 

Versatile and practical, this unit includes 

15 shelves for paper storage and 12 

equally sized compartments. Trays not 

included. Recommended for use with 

Classic Plastic Storage Trays (small). 

H90 x W40 x L120cm. Made from mdf. 


CE07165 £409.54 

4. Plastic Storage Carry Box 

Bundle (5L, 7L, 13L) 

Bundle of 3 stackable plastic boxes with 

clips and carry handles. Pack consists 

of a 5litre, 7litre and 13 litre storage 

container. Handles sit flush inside the 

lid for easy stacking. Strong clips on 

either side for added securing when 

on the move. Perfect for storing and 

transporting items. These storage boxes 

can be used by adults and children 

alike. Perfect for storing a variety of 

different items from stationary, art 

supplies, books, soft toys or general 

classroom supplies. 

5 litre - L315 x W205 x H125mm 

7 litre : L310 x 205 x 170mm 

13 Litre: L280x W260 x H210mm 5 

litre - L315 x W205 x H125mm, 7 litre 

: L310 x 205 x 170mm, 13 Litre: L280x 

W260 x H210mm. 

CE11153 £22.85 

4 


1. Stock Cupboards 

An essential storage cupboard for 

the school office, classroom or staff 

room. Essential cupboard with 

lockable doors in different heights. 

Features versatile shelving options to 

cater for different storage needs. Full 

Height: L103 x W47.7 x H181.8cm (1 

fixed, 4 adjustable shelves) 

Tall Height: L103 x D47.7 x H151.8cm 

(1 fixed, 2 adjustable shelves) 

Medium Height: L103x W47.7 x 

H126.8cm (1 fixed, 2 adjustable 

shelves) 

Low Height: L102.4 x W47.5 x 

H101.8cm (2 adjustable shelves). 

Made from mfc. Beech. Supplied 


CE02190 H181.8cm £371.14 

CE02191 H151.8cm £345.54 

CE02192 H126.8cm £313.54 

CE02193 H101.8cm £300.74 

2. Beech Bookcase 

These open bookcases are ideal for 

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and 

libraries. Choice of four heights. 

Matching stock cupboards also 

available. All units width 90cm 

and depth 32cm. Height 75cm and 

100cm - 2 adjustable shelves. Height 

115cm - 1 fixed and 2 adjustable 

shelves. Height 180cm - 1 fixed and 

4 adjustable shelves. Made from 

mfc. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE07590 H75cm £174.02 

CE07589 H100cm £186.82 

CE07588 H150cm £209.86 

CE07587 H180cm £214.98 

1 

2 



FURNITURE 

H75cm - 2 adjustable 

shelves 

H100cm - 2 adjustable 

shelves 

H125cm - 1 fixed and 2 

adjustable shelves 






285

Noticeboards 

FURNITURE DISPLAY 

Flameshield and Fire Retardant Premium Noticeboards 

These FlameShield Notieceboards are manufactured in the UK. The core and bonded textile are fire retardant as a 

composite, meeting Class 0 when assessed to BS 476 Parts 6 and 7, and comply with Class B-s1, d0 when tested to 

BS-EN13501-1 2002. These boards are recommnded to use in public buildings and institutions, in any corridors, escape 

routes & large unsupervised areas. 

1 

1. FlameShield Aluminium Frame 

Noticeboards 

Noticeboards in a choice of colours. Single sided 

aluminium anodised frame. Rounded safety corners. 

Concealed corner fixings with snap cover. Fabric cover 

and board core substrate material is fire rated. Stable 

and hard wearing. Made from fabric and aluminium. 



CE1159 

CE1160 

CE1161 


BL GY RE 



e.g CE1159BL 

H600 x 

W600mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£52.42 

£78.02 

£145.86 

2 

2. FlameShield Unframed Noticeboards 

Fire retardant unframed noticeboards in a choice of 

colours. Wrapped over edges which are fixed on the 

reverse. Made from fabric and aluminium. Supplied fully 

assembled. 


BL GY RE 



e.g CE1150BL 


CE1150 

CE1151 

CE1152 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£52.42 

£78.02 

£129.22 


Noticeboards 

Decorative Noticeboards 

A range of high quality noticeboards, with a variety of styles, colours and sizes to choose from. Ideal for displaying 

work and notices. Felt fabric cover which is suitable for pins and staples. 

1. Decorative Aluminium Framed 

Noticeboards 

Felt covered noticeboards with aluminium frame. 

Single sided anodised frame. Rounded safety corners. 

Concealed corner fixings with snap cover. Stable and 

hard wearing. Made from fabric and aluminium. 


1 

DISPLAY 


BL GY RE 



e.g CE1156BL 


CE1156 

CE1157 

CE1158 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£28.10 

£38.34 

£60.10 

FURNITURE 

2. Decorative Unframed Noticeboards 

Felt fabric covered with wrapped edges fixed on the 

reverse. These boards can be butted together to form a 

larger display surface. Suitable for pins and staples and 

come with wall fixings. Made from fabric and aluminium. 


2 


BL GY RE 



e.g CE1153BL 


CE1153 

CE1154 

CE1155 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£38.34 

£53.70 

£65.22 


287


Noticeboards 

1 

2 

1. Decorative Framed Lockable 

Noticeboards 

Satin silver aluminium framed lockable noticeboards with 

a felt fabric cover. Rounded safety corners and concealed 

corner fixings. The doors are virtually shatterproof. These 

boards are ideal for classrooms, staffrooms and offices. 

Suitable for pins and staples and come with wall fixings. 

Made from fabric and aluminium. 


CE1026 

CE1027 

CE1024 

CE1025 


BL GY RE 


your order code 

e.g CE1026BL 

H900 x 

W600mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£86.98 

£108.74 

£214.98 

£234.18 

2. FlameShield Framed Lockable 

Noticeboards 

Fire rated felt noticeboards with lockable hinged door. 

Satin Silver anodised aluminium frame with rounded 

safety corners and concealed corner fixings. The 

noticeboard core and bonded textile are fire retardant as 

a composite, meeting Class 0 when assessed to BS 476 

Parts 6 and 7, comply with Class B-s1, d0 when tested to 

BS-EN13501-1 2002. These boards are recommended for 

use in public buildings and institutions, in any corridors, 

fire escape routes and large unsupervised areas. Suitable 

for pins and staples and wall fixings are included. Made 

from fabric and aluminium. 


BL GY RE 



e.g CE1026BL 


CE1030 

CE1028 

CE1031 

CE1029 

H900 x 

W600mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W900mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£133.06 

£358.34 

£181.70 

£415.94 


1. Eco Friendly Wooden Framed Noticeboards 

This range offers an environmental choice at an economical 

price. Almost entirely constructed from timber bi-products 

and recycled materials. 35mm wide oak effect frame. 

These boards can be mounted portrait or landscape with 

concealed fixings provided. Made from felt. Supplied fully 



BL BU GY 

1 

Noticeboards 

DISPLAY 

GR 

RE 



e.g CE1509BL 


CE1509 

CE1510 

CE1511 

CE1512 

CE1513 

CE1514 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1500mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£38.34 

£52.42 

£65.22 

£80.58 

£98.50 

£115.14 

2. Wood Effect Noticeboard 

Aluminium wood effect noticeboards in a light oak 

finish offering a contemporary wood look frame for your 

display requirements. The attractive contoured light oak 

finish frame makes your notices stand out. Designed for 

landscape or portrait mounting and is available across 6 

sizes to suit your display requirements. Rounded safety 

corners for concealed corner mounting using the fixings 

provided. Foam backed loop nylon fabric surface. 

2 

FURNITURE 


BL GR RE 



e.g CE11650BL 


CE11650 

CE11651 

CE11652 

CE11653 

CE11654 

CE11655 

H900 x 

W600mm 

H1200 x 

W900mm 

H1200 x 

W1200mm 

H1500 x 

W1200mm 

H1800 x 

W1200mm 

H2400 x 

W1200mm 

£40.90 

£52.42 

£60.10 

£76.74 

£85.70 

£102.34 


289

Noticeboards 


1 

2 

1. Millhouse Unframed 

Hessian Noticeboard 

Add a bit of texture and interest to 

your displays with this hessian notice 

board. With wrapped over edges 

which are fixed on the reverse, this 

board is suitable for both pins and 

staples. 600 x 1800mm Natural 

CE11057 £127.94 

2. NEW FlameShield 

Tamperproof Noticeboard 

Combine the texture of the tricord 

hessian display with safety and 

security. Its lockable, virtually 

shatterproof doors are fire rated 

PETG doors. Framed in a satin silver 

anodised frame with rounded safety 

corners, concealed fixings and snaponcover. 

CE11604 90cm x 60cm £157.38 

CE11605 90cm x 120cm £220.80 

CE11606 180cm x 120cm £415.94 

CE11607 240cm x 120cm £488.90 

These Flame Shield noticeboard are manufactured in the UK. The noticeboard 

core and bonded textile are fire retardant as a composite, meeting Class 0 when 

assessed to BS 476 Parts 6 and 7, and comply with Class B-s1, d0 when tested to BS- 

EN13501-1 2002. The clear plastic tamperproof doors are tested separately and conform to Class 1Y when assessed 

to BS 476 Part 7. Building owners may need to regularly review the fire risks in their premises to comply with their 

national regulations. 


Noticeboards 

1. Outdoor Rainproof 

Lockable Noticeboards 

Each showcase features gas strut 

assisted doors which will remain 

in position when opened, for ease 

of use and hassle free changing 

of information. Noticeboard is 

available with an Aluminium Frame 

and in three felt board colours. 

Accredited to the Ingress Protection 

standard IP55 European Standard 

EN 60529:1992 against both dust 

(solids) and water (liquids) ingress 

– also known as the “rainproof 

test”. The double locking system 

and virtually shatterproof glazing 

ensures that information within 

the showcase is safe and secure. 

Supplied with wall fixings and a 

two year manufacturers guarantee. 


RD BL GY 

1 

Red Blue Grey 

H555 x L742mm CE06187 CE06188 CE06189 £222.66 

H1031 x L780mm CE06190 CE06191 CE06192 £287.94 

H1031 x L1005mm CE06193 CE06194 CE06195 £364.74 

H1031 x L1220mm CE06196 CE06197 CE06198 £396.74 

H1031 x L1423mm CE06199 CE06200 CE06201 £415.94 

DISPLAY 

2. ColourPlus Frameless Noticeboards 

A simple unframed styling with through the board 

fixings. Unframed noticeboards in a choice of colours. 

The three largest sizes are supplied in two parts for 

ease of delivery and installation. Made from loop nylon. 

Supplied fully assembled. 1 year warranty. 


CE1521 H600 x W900mm £37.06 

CE1522 H1200 x W900mm £46.02 

CE1523 H1200 x W1200mm £60.10 

CE1524 H1200 x W1500mm £69.06 

CE1525 H1200 x W1800mm £85.70 

CE1526 H1200 x W2400mm £94.66 

2 



FURNITURE 


e.g CE1521BU 

3. Eco Frameless Noticeboard 

These pinnable boards are ideal for use within busy 

public spaces, learning and office environments. Eco- 

Colour is a self-coloured pinnable board made from 

recycled and recyclable materials and is available in a 

selection of 6 popular colours to suit any environment. 

Boards have been independently tested and classified 

as class B according to European Reaction to Fire test BS 

EN 13501-1 to meet public area building regulations for 

mounting in sensitive areas such as corridors, stairways 

and entrances. 

3 


CE10155 H900 x W600mm £38.34 

CE10156 H900 x W1200mm £53.70 

CE10158 H1200 x W1200mm £66.50 

CE10157 H1200 x W1500mm £81.86 

CE10159 H1200 x W1800mm £98.50 

CE10160 H1200 x W2400mm £116.42 


BK BL GR OR PU RE 


e.g CE10155BL 


291


Noticeboards 

Flameshield and fire retardant 

premium noticeboards 

These FlameShield Notieceboards are manufactured in the UK. The 

noticeboard core and bonded textile are fire retardant as a composite, 

meeting Class 0 when assessed to BS 476 Parts 6 and 7, and comply 

with Class B-s1, d0 when tested to BS-EN13501-1: 2002. The clear 

plastic lockable doors are tested separately and conform to Class 1Y 

when assessed to BS 476 Part 7. 

Building owners may need to regularly review the fire risks in their 

premises to comply with their national regulations. 

1 

2 

2. Accents Aluminium Framed Flameshield 

Board 

Satin silver anodised aluminium frame with rounded 

safety corners and concealed corner fixing. Suitable for 

pins and staples and for portrait or landscape use. Wall 

fixings are included. 


CE10500 

CE10501 

CE10502 

CE10503 

CE10504 

CE10505 


BL GR NA PU 



e.g CE10509BL 

1. Accents FlameShield Unframed Board 

Wrapped over edges which are fixed on the reverse. 

Suitable for pins and staples. Suitable for portrait or 

landscape use. Wall fixings are included. 


CE10924 

CE10925 

CE10926 

CE10927 

CE10928 

CE10929 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1500mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

W900 x 

H600mm 

W1200 x 

H900mm 

W1200 x 

H1200mm 

W1500 x 

H1200mm 

W1800 x 

H1200mm 

W2400 x 

H1200mm 

£66.50 

£98.50 

£120.26 

£145.86 

£174.02 

£206.02 

£62.66 

£85.70 

£113.86 

£139.46 

£159.94 

£199.62 

3 

3. Accents Flameshield Lockable Board 

Satin silver anodised aluminium frame with rounded 

safety corners and concealed corner fixing. Internal 

clearance between door and board is 20mm. Wall fixings 

included. 


CE10509 

CE10510 

CE10511 

CE10512 

CE10513 

W600 x 

H900mm 

W900 x 

H1200mm 

W1200 x 

H1200mm 

W1800 x 

H1200mm 

W2400 x 

H1200mm 

£133.06 

£199.62 

£234.18 

£396.74 

£428.74 


Noticeboards 

1. Accents Mobile Noticeboard 

Make a statement with this bold and vibrant noticeboard 

and brighten up any office space or environment. Double 

sided noticeboard with a satin silver aluminium frame 

which features locking castors and a stability bar. Height 

adjustable by 210mm and easy to assembly. Suitable for 

pins and staples and can be mounted either portrait and 

landscape with fixings supplied. Supplied with a 2 year 

manufacturers warranty. 

1 

DISPLAY 


CE11034 900 x 1200mm £170.18 

CE11035 1200 x 900mm £170.18 

CE11036 

1200 x 

1200mm 

£209.86 

CE11037 

1200 x 

1500mm 

£229.06 

CE11038 

1500 x 

1200mm 

£229.06 

CE11039 

1800 x 

1200mm 

£248.26 

2. Accents Unframed Noticeboard 


and brighten up any office space or staff room 

environment. Boards can be butted together to form 

a large display surface. Made from a felt fabric with 

wrapped over edges which are fixed on the reverse. 

Suitable for pins and staples and can be mounted either 

portrait and landscape with fixings supplied. Supplied 

with a 2 year manufacturers warranty. Supplied fully 

assembled. 


CE11040 900 x 600mm £52.42 

CE11041 1200 x 900mm £65.22 

CE11042 

1200 x 

1200mm 

£78.02 

2 

FURNITURE 

CE11043 

1500 x 

1200mm 

£90.82 

CE11044 

1800 x 

1200mm 

£104.90 

3 

CE11045 

2400 x 

1200mm 

£117.70 

3. Accents Lockable Noticeboard 


and brighten up any office space or environment. 

Locking doors are virtually shatterproof with a satin silver 

aluminium frame. Doors open from the side with the 

single door boards being suitable for both portrait and 

landscape use and the double door boards only being 

suitable for landscape use. Suitable for pins and staples 

and can be mounted either portrait and landscape with 

fixings supplied. Supplied with a 2 year manufacturers 

warranty. 


CE11053 900 x 1200mm £163.78 

CE11052 600 x 900mm £117.70 

CE11054 

CE11055 

1200 x 

1200mm 

1800 x 

1200mm 

£189.38 

£300.74 


BL GR NA PU 

CE11056 

2400 x 

1200mm 

£339.14 


e.g CE11034BL 


293

Whiteboards 


1 

3 

2 

1. Mobile Pivot Board 

Magnetic 

Supplied with a plain surface on 

one side and a grid surface on 

the other. Magnetic double sided 

pivot board which can rotate on 

either the vertical or horizontal axis. 

Can rotate 360 degrees in either 

direction and locks into any position. 

The mobile frame is supplied with 

locking castors and a stability bar. 

Supplied with a 5 year manufacturers 

warranty on the surface. 

CE11019 

CE11020 

CE11021 

CE11022 

CE11023 

W900 x 

H1200mm 

W1200 x 

H900mm 

W1200 x 

H1200mm 

W1500 x 

H1200mm 

W1800 x 

H1200mm 

£235.46 

£235.46 

£294.34 

£307.14 

£339.14 

2. Mobile Height Adjustable 

Whiteboard 

These double-sided, mobile 

whiteboards are easy to manoeuvre 

between classrooms. The stands 

have locking castors and stability 

bar. Portrait or landscape orientation 

available. Non-magnetic whiteboard 

is plain on one side with a feint 

grid on the reverse. Magnetic 

whiteboard is plain on both sides. 

Height adjustable by 210mm. 5 year 

warranty 

CE06705 

CE06706 

CE06707 

CE06708 

CE06709 

CE06710 

CE06711 

CE06712 

Non-Magnetic 

W900mm 

Non-Magnetic 

W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

W1500mm 

Non-Magnetic 

W1800mm 

Magnetic 

W900mm 

Magnetic 

W1200mm 

Magnetic 

W1500mm 

Magnetic 

W1800mm 

£133.06 

£149.70 

£177.86 

£186.82 

£149.70 

£174.02 

£206.02 

£234.18 

3. Swivel Writing Board 

A double sided swivel whiteboard 

that rotates 360 degrees on the 

horizontal axis. The magnetic board 

is plain on both sides and the nonmagnetic 

board is plain on one side 

and a grid on the other. Comes with 

locking castors and a stability bar. 5 

year manufacturers warranty. 

CE10494 Magnetic 

H1200mm 

W1200mm 


H900mm 

W1200mm 


H1200mm 

W900mm 


H1200mm 

W1200mm 


H1200mm 

W1500mm 


H1200mm 

W1800mm 


H1200mm 

W900mm 


H900mm 

W1200mm 


H1200mm 

W1500mm 


H1200mm 

W1800mm 

£209.86 

£159.94 

£136.90 

£150.98 

£174.02 

£177.86 

£195.78 

£190.66 

£235.46 

£262.34 


Whiteboards 

1. Eco-friendly Whiteboard 

Oak Frame 

This attractive Whiteboard is made 

entirely from timber bi-products 

and recycled materials. Constructed 

with a 35mm wide frame available 

in a beautiful oak finish. Can be wall 

mounted portrait or landscape with 

fixings provided. 

CE11077 H600 x W900mm £42.18 

CE11078 H900 x 

W1200mm 

£60.10 

CE11079 H1200 x 

W1200mm 

£72.90 

CE11080 H1200 x 

W1500mm 

£94.66 

CE11081 H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£107.46 

CE11082 H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£143.30 

2. Magnetic Whiteboard Oak 

Frame 

A wood effect frame drywipe 

magnetic whiteboard in a beautiful 

light oak finish. The shield frame 

offers a contemporary finish to and 

has a coated surface designed for 

drywipe pens and feature a guideline 

20mm feint grid. Wall mountable 

either portrait or landscape through 

concealed corners with fixings 

provided. 

CE11083 H900 x W600mm £81.86 

CE11084 H1200 x 

W900mm 

£116.42 

CE11085 H1200 x 

W1200mm 

£140.74 

CE11086 H1200 x 

W1500mm 

£170.18 

CE11087 H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£190.66 

CE11088 H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£222.66 

3. Non-Magnetic Whiteboard 

Oak Frame 

A wood effect frame drywipe nonmagnetic 

whiteboard in a beautiful 

light oak finish. The shield frame 

offers a contemporary finish to and 

has a coated surface designed for 

drywipe pens and feature a guideline 

20mm feint grid. Wall mountable 

either portrait or landscape through 

concealed corners with fixings 

provided. 

CE11098 H450 x W600mm £46.02 

CE11099 H900 x W600mm £60.10 

CE11100 H1200 x 

W900mm 

£90.82 

CE11101 H1200 x 

W1200mm 

£104.90 

CE11102 H1200 x 

W1500mm 

£130.50 

CE11103 H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£156.10 

CE11104 H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£188.10 

1 

2 

3 

Available in magnetic and non-magnetic. 

DISPLAY 

FURNITURE 


295


Whiteboards 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Available in magnetic and non-magnetic. 

1. Coloured Edge Wall Mounted Whiteboard 

Practical, wall mounted whiteboards with an attractive 

coloured edge trim. Non-magnetic, double sided with a 

modern coloured curve. Colour co-ordinated fixing kit 

included. Plain on one side, with a grid on the reverse, 

ideal for mounting side by side. Suitable for portrait 

or landscape use. Made from plastic. Supplied fully 

assembled. 



CE1010 

CE1006 

CE1007 

CE1008 

CE1009 

BK BL RE 

To specify your choice of colour simply add the 2 letters to your order 


H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1500mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

H1200 x 

W2400mm 

£30.66 

£46.02 

£61.38 

£74.18 

£98.50 

2. Magnetic Whiteboard 

Magnetic whiteboard constructed from coated steel 

and a satin silver anodised aluminium frame. Fitted with 

rounded safety corners and concealed corner fixings. Pen 

ledge and wall fixings are included. 5 year manufacturers 

warranty. 

EE01462 H600 x W900mm £38.34 

EE00596 H900 x W1200mm £52.42 

EE01463 H1200 x W1200mm £65.22 

EE01464 H1200 x W1500mm £78.02 

EE00597 H1200 x W1800mm £104.90 

EE00598 H1200 x W2400mm £117.70 

3. Non Magnetic Whiteboard 

These heavy duty whiteboards are recommended for 

educational establishments. Available in various sizes. 

Choose from single or double-sided (plain/25mm 

guidelines), magnetic or non-magnetic. Includes pen 

ledge and wall fixings. Fitted with a satin silver anodised 

aluminium frame and colour related rounded safety 

corners. 5 year manufacturers warranty. 

EE01459 H600 x W900mm £33.22 

EE01461 H1200 x W1500mm £65.22 

EE00594 H1200 x W1800mm £78.02 

EE00595 H1200 x W2400mm £90.82 

4. Magnetic Writing Board Planner 

3 printed magnetic planners perfect for any office 

and staffroom. A spacious layout for notes and key 

coding and comes supplied with a satin silver anodised 

aluminium frame. Rounded safety corner and concealed 

corner fixings. Pen ledge and wall fixings included. 5 year 

manufactures warranty. H600 x W900mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10497 Weekly £46.02 

CE10498 Monthly £46.02 

CE10499 Yearly £46.02 

Yearly 

Monthly 


Flipcharts & Easels 

1 

DISPLAY 

1. Mobile Presentation 

Whiteboard and Flipchart 

Mobile magnetic flipchart and dry 

wipe easel, ideal for classrooms, 

meeting rooms or even staff rooms. 

Height adjustable between 175cm 

and 200cm. Flipchart clamp to take 

standard A1 flipchart pads. Choose 

from: red, blue, black, green, grey, 

white. H200 x W69 x L90cm. Made 

from metal. 

CE07836 Red £130.50 

CE07837 Blue £130.50 

CE07838 Black £130.50 

CE07839 Green £130.50 

CE07840 Grey £130.50 

CE07841 White £130.50 

2. Non Magnetic Flip Charts 

Available in three vibrant colours, 

this easy to use easel makes an 

attractive focal point in any learning 

space. Quick and easy to put away, 

it features a non-magnetic dry wipe 

surface and a universal flip chart 

clamp for paper. A simple two step 

operation and full pen length pen 

ledge. H150 x W63.5 x D76.5cm. 

CE06702 Pink £92.10 

CE06703 Red £92.10 

CE06704 Blue £92.10 

3. Basic A1 Flipchart Easel 

Basic flip chart easel, easy to move. 

Ideal for meeting rooms, staff rooms 

and break out areas. Free standing 

and height adjustable with drywipe 

magnetic or non-magnetic surface. 

Flip chart clamp to take standard 

A1 flip chart pads. One year surface 

guarantee. 

Magnetic - W750 x H1065mm 

Non magnetic - W600 x H900mm 

Made from metal. 1 year warranty. 

CE07835 Non Magnetic £66.50 

CE07834 Magnetic £57.54 

2 3 

Available in magnetic 

and non-magnetic. 

ONLY 

£57.54 

FURNITURE 


297



2 

1 


Flipchart Easel 

This lightweight, all-in-one, doublesided 

flipchart easel is also height 

adjustable. Available in five colours. 

Magnetic drywipe surface. Tilts and 

rotates for ease of use. Full length 

tip-up pen ledge on one side. H1750 

x W800 x D600mm. Made from 

metal. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE07842 Red £104.90 

CE07843 Blue £104.90 

CE07844 Green £104.90 

CE07845 Black £104.90 

CE07846 Grey £104.90 

CE07847 White £104.90 

2. Store ‘n’ Write Mobile 

Whiteboard 

A white board surface for both 

magnets and drywipe pens. 

Ergonomically designed with an 

optimum 15° writing angle. Features: 

large steel big book storage basket, 

big book display ledge and two 

locking castors. Five year guarantee. 

Available in both Magnetic and Non- 

Magnetic. H134 x W60 x D45cm. 

CE01968 Magnetic Blue £227.78 

CE10506BL Non-Magnetic 

Blue 

£186.82 

CE10506RE Non-Magnetic Red £186.82 

CE10507RE Magnetic Red £227.78 


1. Big A Frame Easel 

Height adjustable, mobile easel , 

ideal front of class teaching aid, 

or for children. Features a quality 

magnetic/drywipe board with 

handy pen ledge for several pens. 

Includes two shallow Gratnell’s trays 

for handy storage. Sturdy A-frame 

construction. Flip chart fittings. 

Sturdy lockable castors. Whiteboard 

simply clicks on and off at the height 

required. H90 x W90cm. Self- 

Assembly. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 


CE05828 Red £358.34 

CE05829 Blue £358.34 

2. Mobile Portrait Easel 

This easel is ideal for smaller areas, 

whilst the portrait shape allows it to 

be used by a range of ages. Features: 

height adjustable, full length pen 

and book ledge, adjustable flip 

chart fittings, Gratnell’s tray. Red or 

blue. H90 x W60cm. Self-Assembly. 


CE05830 Red £371.14 

CE05831 Blue £371.14 

3. Little A Frame Height 

Adjustable Mobile 

Whiteboard 

Magnetic, dry wipe easel specifically 

designed for younger children. With 

four different heights, this uniquely 

designed magnetic and dry wipe 

whiteboard simply clicks on and off 

at the height required. Red or blue. 

H119 x W60 x L60cm. Made from 

metal. Self-Assembly. 

CE07765 Red £358.34 

CE07766 Blue £358.34 

1 

2 


DISPLAY 

FURNITURE 

3 


299


Panels & Partitions 

1 

1. Gallery Display Systems 

A premium, robust display system 

which is versatile in its design. Use to 

permanently display work or create 

a semi-permanent project display. 

The panels are lightweight and easily 

portable and suitable for heavy duty 

use. They lock together easily in 

seconds with the panel key provided. 

Double sided fabric which is blue on 

side and grey on the other. 

CE11029 2 Panel £447.94 

CE11030 3 Panel £652.74 

CE11031 4 Panel £857.54 

CE11032 6 Panel £1,279.94 

CE11033 Additional Panel £230.34 

2. Crystal Wall Staff 

Members Boards 

An ideal way to present your staff, 

children and teams to school visitors. 

The carriers are re-usable, making 

it easy to change pictures as and 

when required. All fixings supplied. 

Available in three sizes. Sizes: 

• 9 pocket - W32 x H38.6cm 

• 20 pocket - W41.5 x H62cm 

• 35 pocket - W72 x H62cm . 

CE07873 9 Pocket £307.14 

CE07874 20 Pocket £345.54 

CE07875 35 Pocket £403.14 

2 



1 

DISPLAY 

1. Blue Space Dividers 

These high quality floor standing 

boards are ideal for dividing 

classrooms and separating study 

spaces. The created spaces can also 

be kept quiet due to the panels 

acoustic and sound absorbing 

capabilities and provide colour to 

any room with its double-sided 

fabric cover. 

CE07868 

CE07869 

CE07870 

CE07871 

CE07872 

H1200 x 

W900mm 

H1200 x 

W1000mm 

H1200 x 

W1200mm 

H1500 x 

W1200mm 

H1800 x 

W1600mm 

£199.62 

£207.30 

£214.98 

£235.46 

£262.34 

2. Triple Screen Mobile 

Partitions 

Ideal to use to divide space within an 

area or for a mobile display. Flexible, 

double sided and lightweight. 

Multiple configurations straight 

line, bay, curved or right angle. Each 

panel is 1800mm high and features 

lockable castors and stability feet. 

Folds flat for easy storage when not 

in use. H180 x W360cm. 

CE07856 Blue £537.54 

CE07857 Red £537.54 

3. InstaWall Panels 

Sound absorbing mobile partitioning 

that folds away when not in use. 

Ideal for temporary partitioning 

of large rooms, reception areas 

and halls and fits into its own self 

contained frame. Full length piano 

hinges connect each panel and 

lockable castors are fitted to each 

panel. The design ensures the system 

is completely stable in any position 

including a straight line, bays, curves 

or forming right angles. 

Individual panel size: H1800 x 

W600mm 

3 Panel Size: 1800 x 1800mm 




CE07859 Blue 3 Panel £652.74 

CE07860 Blue 5 Panel £921.54 

CE07861 Blue 7 Panel £1,190.34 

CE07862 Red 3 Panel £652.74 

CE07863 Red 5 Panel £921.54 

CE07864 Red 7 Panel £1,190.34 

CE07865 Grey 3 Panel £652.74 

CE07866 Grey 5 Panel £921.54 

CE07867 Grey 7 Panel £1,190.34 

2 

3 

FURNITURE 


301



1 

2 

3 

2 

Portrait 

Headers are available separately 

1. Tabletop Display 

Ideal for small presentations and 

displays, course work or exhibitions 

and fairs. Double sided panels fold 

down and accept Velcro® or pins. 

Available in landscape or portrait 

formats. Supplied with header panel 

and carry bag. Made from a loop 

nylon fabric. 

CE10534 

CE10535 

CE10536 

CE10537 

H800 x 

W1800mm Black 

Frame Blue 

H800 x 

W1800mm Grey 

Frame Red 

H1100 x 

W1800mm Black 

Frame Blue 

H1100 x 

W1800mm Grey 

Frame Red 

£120.26 

£120.26 

£145.86 

£145.86 

2. Folding Display System 

Folding display systems which uses 

lightweight 600 x 900mm panels 

that are PVC framed. A choice of 6, 

7, 8 or 10 lightweight folding panels. 

Top and bottom panels are linked 

with flexible hinging, and clip on 

top of each other for easy assembly. 

Made from a loop nylon fabric. 

Please note that the Blue Panels 

come supplied with a Black Frame 

and the Red Panels come supplied 

with a Grey Frame. 

CE10542 6 Panel Blue £227.78 

CE10543 7 Panel Blue £281.54 

CE10545 8 Panel Blue £383.94 

CE10544 10 Panel Blue £307.14 

CE10546 Single Header Blue £20.47 

CE10547 6 Panel Red £227.78 

CE10548 7 Panel Red £281.54 

CE10550 8 Panel Red £383.94 

CE10549 10 Panel Red £307.14 

CE10551 Single Header Red £20.47 

3. Heavy Duty Display 

System 

Aluminium framing, interlocking 

gear hinge mechanism and a secure 

panel locking system make this a 

superb, robust and safe system. The 

upper set of panels lock securely 

onto the lower set, preventing 

them from toppling over, even 

when repositioning the display. 

The interlocking hinge prevents 

daylight showing between the 

panels. The rigid double sided panels 

are a generous 700 x 1000mm. 

The 7 panel unit is supplied with a 

triangular shelf. Made from a loop 

nylon fabric. 

CE10552 6 Panel £345.54 

CE10553 7 Panel £409.54 

CE10556 Single Header £33.22 

CE10554 8 Panel £447.94 

CE10555 10 Panel £511.94 

CE10557 3 Panel Header £92.10 



Available with a grey frame and blue board 



1 

FROM 

£166.34 

DISPLAY 

1. Rounded Corner Divider 

Screens 

This range of free standing screens 

are perfect for sectioning out areas 

of your school. With rounded 

upper corners edge trim so you 

don’t need to worry about sharp 

edges. Supplied with two stabiliser 

feet designed to prevent twisting. 

Available in a range of 7 colours and 

2 different fabric options. 

Please note that Purple, Green, 

Orange and Cyan are available in a 

Loop Nylon Material and Royal Blue, 

Black, and Red are only available in 

the Woven Cloth Material. 

PU VG OR 

CY RE BK 

RB 


EE01590 H1200 x W1000mm Purple £166.34 

EE01591 H1200 x W1000mm Vivid Green £166.34 

EE01592 H1200 x W1000mm Orange £166.34 

CE20111 H1200 x W1000mm Cyan £166.34 

CE20309 H1200 x W1000mm Red £166.34 

CE20310 H1200 x W1000mm Black £166.34 

CE20308 H1200 x W1000mm Royal Blue £166.34 




CE20112 H1200 x W1200mm Cyan £179.14 

CE20313 H1200 x W1200mm Black £179.14 


CE20312 H1200 x W1200mm Red £179.14 

CE20113 H1600 x W1200mm Cyan £199.62 


CE20315 H1600 x W1200mm Red £199.62 

CE20316 H1600 x W1200mm Black £199.62 





CE20115 H1800 x W1600mm Red £218.82 

CE20116 H1800 x W1600mm Black £218.82 

FURNITURE 


303

FURNITURE DINING 

Folding Tables 

1 

2 

BL 


BE 

RE 



e.g CE10778BL 

1. Contour Folding Table L1520 x W685mm 

The Gopak Contour range of folding tables are the 

lightest and most popular style of folding tables to be 

found. The tables fold flat for storage and can easily be 

carried. Also available in two more widths. 

L915 x W610mm 


CE10774 508 mm £111.30 

CE10776 546 mm £111.30 

CE10777 584 mm £111.30 

CE10775 635 mm £111.30 

L1520 x W685mm 


CE10765 508 mm £149.70 

CE10766 546 mm £149.70 

CE10768 584 mm £149.70 

CE10767 635 mm £149.70 

L1220 x W610mm 


CE10778 508 mm £136.90 

CE10779 546 mm £136.90 

CE10781 584 mm £136.90 

CE10780 635 mm £136.90 

2. Contour Dining Stacking 

Benches 

Robust, wipe-clean, stacking benches 

that complement Contour folding 

dining tables. Extremely light yet 

robust. Simple to store, the benches 

stack up to 10 high. Ideal for school 

dining halls and canteen areas. Seat 

height 38.1cm. Suitable for 8 to 11 

years. 

CE07326 Beech 1220 x 254 

x 381mm 

CE07327 Beech 1520 x 254 

x 381mm 

CE07330 Red 1220 x 254 x 

381mm 

CE07331 Red 1520 x 254 x 

381mm 

CE07334 Blue 1220 x 254 

x 381 

CE07335 Blue 1520 x 254 x 

381mm 

£85.70 

£98.50 

£85.70 

£98.50 

£85.70 

£98.50 


1. Premier Folding Table L915 x W610mm 

Ideal for the school canteen and dinner halls, this 

aluminium framed table folds flat for easy storage. 

Available in a variety of heights, widths and colours. 

L915 x W610mm 


CE10760 508 mm £163.78 

CE10761 546 mm £163.78 

CE10762 584 mm £163.78 

CE10763 635 mm £163.78 

CE10764 698 mm £163.78 

1 


DINING 

L1220 x W610mm 


CE10769 508 mm £182.98 

CE10770 546 mm £182.98 

CE10773 584 mm £182.98 

CE10771 635 mm £182.98 

CE10772 698 mm £182.98 


BL BE RE 



2. Gopak Round Folding Tables 

This robust table features an attractive wipe-clean 

laminate top. Tables can be rolled on their edge or 

carried using the convenient leg stay hand hold. 

Available in three colours: red, blue and beech, and in 

three heights. Diameter 120cm. Made from laminate and 

metal. 5 years warranty. 

2 

FURNITURE 

Please see page 152 for the full range of series E 

chairs. Available in a number of Seat Colours and 

Seat Heights. 

Height 

Red Blue Beech 

Price 

50.8 cm CE03754 CE03755 CE03758 £302.02 

58.4 cm CE07575 CE07576 CE07577 £302.02 

63.5 cm CE07578 CE07579 CE07580 £302.02 


305


FURNITURE DINING 

1 

2 

1. Gopak Table Trolleys 

Designed with space and safety in 

mind, these table storage trolleys are 

the ideal solution for storing your 

Gopak tables. All trolleys come with 

safety features including storage 

straps, brake castors and a non-slip 

protective mat. The frame is made 

from galvanised steel. Self-Assembly. 


CE01056 Small £294.34 

CE01055 Large £435.14 

CE01057 Round £486.34 

2. Gopak Premier 

Rectangular Tables and 

Small Trolley 

Set of 7 folding tables, complete 

with trolley for easy manoeuvring. 

Tables are sturdy and lightweight 

with strong folding legs that fold 

flat for easy storage. They ideal 

for dining halls, school fetes and 

other temporary occasions. Tables 

weigh only 6.5kg and have a robust 

PU edging. Height of each table is 

698mm. Supplied fully assembled. 

Not suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE10106 £1,996.74 

3 

3. Tilt Top Dining Table 

These Tilt Top Dining Tables are perfect for use in any 

dining room or hall. Easy to open and close then wheel 

away and store. Supplied with 4 locking castors and a 

Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame. Comes with a 5 

year manufactures warranty. 


CE10615 Circle £294.34 

CE10617 Octagon £326.34 

CE10618 Oval £396.74 



BE BL RE 



e.g CE10615BL 



1. Fast Fold Dining Table 

and Bench Set with Trolley 

Slimline space saving tables and 

benches, ideal for school dining, 

clubs and pack aways. Exceptionally 

efficient storage with 10 tables and 

20 benches stored on a trolley that 

only needs 0.7m of space. This is 

considerably more compact than 

other dining trolleys available. Tables 

and benches benefit from a unique 

folding mechanism which allows the 

legs to fold neatly into the frame. 

Tables fold to just 40mm in thickness. 

Set includes trolley. Beech tabletop 

finish. Lightweight aluminium frame 

with safety corners, and steel legs for 

strength and stability. Tables L1220 

x W610mm. Sets available with 

table height 530mm / bench height 

330mm (age approx. 4 – 7 years) and 

table height 635mm / bench height 

375mm (age approx. 7 – 11 years). 5 


1 

DINING 

CE10921 H530mm £4,505.54 

CE10922 H635mm £4,773.06 

Tables, benches and 

trolley also available 

separately. Search 

‘Fast Fold’ on our 

website. 

10 tables & 20 benches on one trolley 

2. Fast Fold Dining Bench 

Slimline space saving benches, ideal 

for school dining. Unique folding 

mechanism which allows the legs 

to fold neatly into the frame, taking 

up no further space. Lightweight 

aluminium frame with steel legs for 

strength and stability. Beech top 

finish. 

CE10917 L1220 H330mm £113.86 

CE10918 L1220mm 

H375mm 

£113.86 

CE10919 L1525mm 

H330mm 

£120.26 

CE10920 L1525mm 

H375mm 

£120.26 


Slimline space saving tables, ideal 

for school dining, clubs and pack 

aways. Unique folding mechanism 

which allows the legs to fold neatly 

into the frame, taking up no further 

space. Tables fold to just 40mm in 

thickness. Lightweight aluminium 

frame with safety corners, and steel 

legs for strength and stability. Beech 

tabletop finish. 5 years warranty. 


CE10913 

CE10914 

CE10915 

CE10916 

L1220mm 

H530mm 

L1220mm 

H635mm 

L1525mm 

H530mm 

L1525mm 

H635mm 

£159.94 

£159.94 

£174.02 

£174.02 


Trolley 

Compact trolley, designed to 

complement rectangular Fast Fold 

Dining Tables. Holds up to 10 tables 

and 20 benches. Tables stack upright. 

Easy to manoeuvre on lockable 

castors. H735 x W735 x L1280mm. 5 


CE10923 £883.14 

2 

Legs fold entirely within frame 

3 4 

Compact for storage 

FURNITURE 


307

FURNITURE CLOAKROOM 

Trolleys 

1 

2 

1. Mobile Cloakroom 

Mobile unit with 20 double hooks. 

Ideal for coats, aprons and even 

dressing up clothing. Divided 

basket base for storing shoes or 

other accessories. Can easily be 

maneuvered on castors. H118 x W77 

x D48cm. Made from metal. 

FMOBCL £80.58 

2. Double Sided Cloakroom 

Trolley 

Durable double sided trolley to 

hang up to 30 coats. Metal name 

card holders on each hook for pupil 

identification, and metal label holder 

on the end for class ownership. Large 

storage shelf with a centre divide, 

ideal for shoes and bags. Heavy 

duty castors (two lockable) for easy 

manoeuvring. Meets BS5873 safety 

tests for strength and stability. H114 

x W74 x L161cm. Suitable for 5 to 11 

years. 5 years warranty. 

CE06373 £460.74 

3. Steel Frame Classroom 

Cloakroom Trolley 

Robust, high capacity trolley 

designed for 30 coats. Large base 

storage shelf, ideal for shoes and 

bags and a centre divide. Heavy 

duty castors two lockable for safety 

for easy manoeuvring and sharing 

resources between classrooms. 

Meets BS5873 safety tests for 

strength and stability. H114 x W74 

x L161cm. Made from steel. Self- 


CE07521 £364.74 

4. Callero Cloakroom Trolley 

Sturdy, double sided trolley with 32 

hooks for bags and coats. Durable 

75mm castors make the trolley 

easy to move, plus foot activated 

brake mechanism to lock wheels 

in place. Handy wire basket at the 

bottom for shoes, wellies, lunch 

boxes or other storage. Ergonomic 

tubular steel frame with loop handle. 

H1170 x W1025 x D430mm. Made 

from metal. Not suitable to be left 


CE10514 £409.54 

3 

4 

Features 30 double hooks 


1. Multi Functional Metal 

Trolley 

Robust double sided trolley that 

can be used for a variety of things. 

Several compartments of different 

sizes, plus 16 coat hooks. Baskets at 

the bottom will also house Gratnells 

size trays. Useful for coats, bags, 

lunchboxes, PE resources and other 

equipment. Easy to manoeuvre 

on durable castors. Castors can be 

locked in position when not in use. 

CE10997 £499.14 

2. Callero Cloakroom Trolley 

Sturdy, double sided trolley with 32 

hooks for bags and coats. Durable 

75mm castors make the trolley 

easy to move, plus foot activated 

brake mechanism to lock wheels 

in place. Handy wire basket at the 

bottom for shoes, wellies, lunch 

boxes or other storage. Ergonomic 

tubular steel frame with loop handle. 

H1170 x W1025 x D430mm. Made 

from metal. Not suitable to be left 


CE10514 £409.54 

3. Sturdy Lunchbox Trolley 

A high capacity strong mobile steel 

framed trolley with easy single or 

double sided access. Suitable for 

heavy-duty use, the frame is all fully 

welded with an epoxy paint finish. 

Capable of holding up to 21 lunch 

boxes. Perfect for breakfast clubs and 

after school clubs. Made from metal. 

Blue. Supplied fully assembled. 


CE00053 Single Sided Access £186.82 

CE01018 Double Sided £243.14 

Access 

1 

2 

Trolleys 

CLOAKROOM 

FURNITURE 

3 

Single sided trolley 

Double sided trolley 


309

Trolleys 

FURNITURE CLOAKROOM 

1 

ONLY 

£133.06 

2 

1. Wet Play Cloakroom 

Trolley 

Ideal for hanging aprons, coats or 

costumes, with six sizable storage 

baskets for accessories. Features a 

removable drip tray, handy for storing 

wet play items as they dry. H114 x 

W60 x D50cm. Suitable to be used 

outdoors but not suitable to be left 

outdoors for excessive periods of 

time. Self-Assembly. 

FWPTY £133.06 

2. Budget Lunch Box Trolley 

This versatile trolley has three large 

baskets and is on castors for easy 

manoeuvring. The durable plastic 

coated steel construction stands up 

well to day to day use. H95 x W80 x 

D30cm. 

FFPLBT £101.06 

3. Steel Frame Double 

Lunchbox Trolley 

Robust, high capacity trolley, 

designed for up to 60 lunch boxes. 

Three large shelves with centre 

divide to provide easy access from 

both sides. Heavy duty castors 

(two lockable for safety) for easy 

manoeuvring and sharing resources 

between classrooms. Meets BS5873 

safety tests for strength and stability. 

H111.5 x W100.3 x D61cm. Made 

from steel. Self-Assembly. 5 years 

warranty. 

CE07520 £435.14 

4. Callero Lunchbox Trolley 

Sturdy metal trolley, ideally for 

lunch boxes and lunch bags. Easy to 

manoeuvre on durable 75mm castors. 

Foot activated brake mechanism locks 

wheels in place. Can hold up to 30 

lunch boxes/bags of a similar size. 

Ergonomic tubular steel frame with 

loop handle. 

Also useful for transporting other 

resources or sports equipment. H1055 

x W1025 x D430mm. Self-Assembly. 

CE10515 £396.74 

3 4 


Lockers 

A comprehensive range 

of lockers providing you 

with secure storage in 

staff rooms, cloakrooms 

and changing rooms. 

Anti-theft shelf to 

prevent access to 

adjacent compartments. 

In-frame locking 

alongside door stiffeners 

for added strength 

and security. Vents at 

the top and bottom for 

improved air circulation. 

Biocote ® antimicrobial 

technology incorporated 

as standard and light 

grey frame as standard. 

1 

2 

3 

CLOAKROOM 

4 

5 

6 

FURNITURE 


BL 

RE 

LH 

YE 


simply add the 2 letters to your order 


1. One Door Single Nest Locker 

Code Depth Price 

CE11194 300 mm £101.06 

CE11195 450 mm £116.42 

2. One Door Three Nest Locker 


CE11202 300 mm £275.14 

CE11203 450 mm £307.14 

3. Four Door Single Nest Locker 


CE11212 300 mm £143.30 

CE11213 450 mm £307.14 

4. Four Door Three Nest Locker 


CE11214 300 mm £415.94 

CE11215 450 mm £447.94 

5. Six Door Single Nest Locker 


CE11218 300 mm £170.18 

CE11219 450 mm £199.62 

6. Six Door Three Nest Locker 


CE11220 300 mm £684.74 

CE11221 450 mm £825.54 


311

Outdoor Storage 

FURNITURE OUTDOOR CLASSROOM 

1 

Delivered 

Assembled 

2 

3 

ONLY 

£447.94 

1. Mini Shed 

Robust and durable, smaller sized 

outdoor storage shed, providing 

children with easy access to resources. 

This is an extremely sturdy unit that will 

stand the test of time. Ideal for storing 

PE equipment, mark making materials 

or other outdoor curriculum resources. 

Two fully opening doors. Fixed shelving. 

Can be secured with a padlock (not 

included). Made from quality pretreated 

Scandinavian Redwood which 

is guaranteed against rot and insect 

infestation for 10 years. H127 x W132 x 

D63cm. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE10043 £447.94 

2. 40L Plastic Storage Chest 

Large capacity plastic storage chest. 

40 litre capacity. Lid comes with clips 

which allows for it to be positioned in 

multiple ways as well as allowing for it 

to be fully removed. Perfect for storing 

a variety of items such as gardening 

supplies and tools, toys, books, fancy 

dress clothes, PE supplies. Suitable for 

indoor or outdoor use. Not suitable to 


CE11152 £25.59 

3. Portable Storage Caddy 

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry 

handles. The caddy comes with a 

sizable handle that can easily be held by 

adults and children alike. Additionally, 

there’s an integral divider to keep 

contents separate. Suitable for storing a 

range of items from water bottles and 

paint bottles to gardening tools and 

accessories. 

CE11187CR Cream £8.95 

CE11187GR Green £8.95 



1 

OUTDOOR CLASSROOM 

Delivered 

Assembled 

1. Outdoor Storage Shed 

with Chalkboard 

Versatile storage shed which can 

be used for various outdoor play 

items, PE or gardening equipment. 

Features 3 shelves to help keep the 

store organised and a chalkboard 

to help label what’s inside. Robust 

unit with felted roof to help prevent 

against water damage. Made from 

pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood 

which is guaranteed against rot 

and insect infestation for 10 years. 

Supplied fully assembled. H167 x 

W126 x D72cm. 

CE11211 Single Shed £550.34 

CE11493 Set of 2 £1,036.67 

2. Hanging Storage Buckets 

Hanging metal buckets for handy 

storage inside or out. Buckets can 

hang on doors, storage units, or 

anywhere to provide easy access 

to their contents. Metal frame also 

available to hang multiple buckets 

on in one go. Set includes eight 

buckets (four large, four small). 

Ideal for providing children with 

easy access to small resources such 

as mark making materials or loose 

parts. Frame hangs on the edge of a 

door or similar. Bucket covers enable 

contents to be protected from the 

elements if left outside. 

Frame W50 x L110.5 x D5cm. 

Large bucket diam 17cm, H33cm. 

Small bucket diam 14cm, H29cm. 

CE10421 Frame £65.22 

CE10899 Set of 8 Buckets £25.59 

CE10900 Pack of 8 Bucket 

Covers 

£10.23 

CE10903 Buckets, Frame & 

Covers 

£88.26 

2 

FURNITURE 


313



1 

314 sales@creative-activity.co.uk www.creative-activity.co.uk 

* 

* 

* 

Felted roof to protect 

your items from wet 

weather 

Easily accessible 

Perfect for storing P.E 

and gardening 

equipment 

1. Outdoor Wooden Storage 

Cubby 

A practical solution for storing 

all your outdoor play equipment. 

Features two fully opening doors 

with bolts that can be secured with 

a padlock (not included). Felted 

roof to protect your items from 

wet weather. Ideal for storing P.E 

and gardening equipment, along 

with trikes and bikes. Made from 


which is guaranteed against rot and 

insect infestation for 10 years. H121 

x W80 x L144cm. Suitable to be left 


CE06883 Single £659.14 

CE11576 2 Pack £1,254.27


1 


FURNITURE 

* 

* 

* 

Easily accessible 

Fully opening doors 

Includes 3 shelves 


Cupboard 

This wooden cupboard has the space 

to store items of various sizes. Ideal 

for gardening tools, PE equipment, 

outdoor games and even wellies and 

outdoor clothing. The unit has front 

opening doors and three adjustable 

shelves. Felt roof to protect your 

items from wet weather. Bolts to 

close that can be made secure with 

a padlock (padlock not included). 

Made from pre-treated Scandinavian 

Redwood which is guaranteed 

against rot and insect infestation 

for 10 years. H192 x W72 x L132cm. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. Supplied 


CE06898 £671.94 


315



1 

2 

1. Large Lockable Outdoor 

Shed 

Designed to hold all manner of 

outdoor objects this locker is a 

great storage solution. Featuring 

two opening doors for easy access 

to store larger items. Please site 

on flat ground. Made from pretreated 

Scandinavian Redwood 


and infestation for 10 years. H160 x 

W246 x D127cm. Suitable to be left 


CE06349 £767.94 

2. Large Outdoor Wooden 

Storage Chest 

Durable, pre-treated outdoor storage 

chest. Lift off lid, with slight lipped 

detail, provides easy access to deep 

storage. Ideal for storing a variety of 

things from sports and gardening 

equipment to cushions and mats or 

outdoor toys and games. Made from 



and insect infestation for 10 years. 

UK manufactured. H57 x W50 x 



CE06882 £268.74 



1 


1. Security Shed 

Lockable shed with high level window 

allowing daylight in whilst still 

providing security. Featuring a large 

door, the shed is easily accessed and 

makes storing larger outdoor items 

easy. L239 x W179 x H214cm.. 

CE11376 Self Assembly £921.54 

CE11377 With Assembly £1,331.14 

2. Outdoor Storage Shed 

Easy access shed with a large window 

to allow daylight in. A great storage 

solution for everything from gardening 

equipment to PE resources. Can be 

secured with a padlock (not included). 

L179 x W119 x H196cm. 


CE11379 With Assembly £921.54 

3. Trike and Bike Store 

Featuring two full width opening doors, 

this shed provides the perfect place to 

store bikes and trikes. Also useful to 

store PE equipment or other outdoor 

resources. L188 x W72cm. Height at 

front 142mm, height at rear 121cm.. 

CE11383 £345.54 

2 

FURNITURE 

3 

Also perfect for general outdoor storage 


317



1 

When is junk not junk? When it’s a loose part 

Loose parts are anything found in a play environment that’s not fixed and can be moved, 

rearranged, carried or combined with other loose parts. There is an exponential increase in play 

value for every loose part available in the play environment. Natural loose parts include sticks, 

logs, pebbles and branches. Man made loose parts can be anything from tyres to suitcases, tubes 

to hoovers. It doesn’t matter what it is, as long as it is safe, tough enough and there are lots and 

lots. The right storage is vital. Children should be able to easily get out and put away loose parts 

without adult intervention. 

Produced in conjunction with Michael Follet, founding director of Outdoor Play and Learning 

(OPAL), a not for profit organisation specialising in programmes for outdoor play and effectively 

managing school playtimes. 



1. Large Loose Parts Store 

Extra large wooden shed, purpose 

designed for storing large loose 

parts, although also ideal for PE 

and other outdoor equipment. The 

store is designed with three double 

doors W1.6m, allowing fantastic 

access for many children. Within 

the store there are 9 bays, along the 

8m length, providing really useful 

compartments to help organise 

storage. The bays are particularly 

well suited to storing large loose 

parts, as 50cm kickboards at the 

base of the bays prevent things 

falling forward. Doors are secured 

with hooks when open, ensuring 

they don’t move. Each doorway has 

an access ramp enabling trolleys 

and carts (such as the Loose Parts 

Cart, CE10409) to be easily wheeled 

in and out. There is plenty of room 

for these to be stored in front of 

the bays inside. This is a quality 

structure with strong internal frame 

and felted roof. Three roof-domes 

provide lots of light, plus four 

points of ventilation. Made from 



insect infestation for 10 years. 

The store must be sited on level 

ground, and hard standing is 

highly recommended. Any ground 

works must be completed before 

installation (ground works not 

included). Price includes installation. 

L8m x D2.5m (including roof 

overhang), D2m (internal). Please 

allow a minimum of 1.5m clear 

access around the store when siting 

for access and airflow. 

Overall height 2.2m (at front). 

Doorway height 180cm. 

Single bay: W86 x D105cm. 


FURNITURE 

2 2 

CE10406 Store £5,495.00 

SAVE £384.00 with Multi-Buy 

Buy with 3 Carts and Save! 

CE10408 Store and 3 Carts £5,995.00 

2. Loose Parts Cart 

Outdoor wooden cart, ideal for 

transporting various resources, 

including large loose parts. Easy for 

children to manoeuvre, with large 

castors to help transport the cart 

over different surfaces. Hand holds 

at both ends. Shaped sides makes 

it easier to reach inside. Durable 

and robust. Made from quality 



insect infestation for 10 years. L95 x 

W63 x H67 cm 

CE10409 Cart £249.54 

CE10410 Cover £25.59 

Smaller versions of 

the store are also 

available, see overleaf. 


319



1 

L5.5 x D2.5 x H2.14m 

Secure doors with a padlock Roof domes allow more light Air ventilation built in 

2 

Produced in conjunction 

with Michael Follet, 

founding director, 

Outdoor Play and 

Learning (OPAL). Quality 

structures with felted 

roof. Inside bays provide 

useful compartments to 

organise storage. Ramp 

enabling trolleys and 

carts to be easily wheeled 

in and out. Made from 

pre-treated Scandinavian 

Redwood, guaranteed 

against rot and insect 

infestation for 10 years. 

Site on level ground (hard 

standing recommended). 

Allow a min 1.5m clear 

access around the store 

for access and airflow. 

Any ground works to 

be completed before 

assembly. Price includes 

assembly (ground works 

not included). See more 

on page 318. 

L2.8 x D2.5 x H2.14m. 

1. Medium Loose Parts Store 

Robust large wooden shed with two 

double doors allowing easy access to 

6 bays purposed designed for storing 

large loose parts and other outdoor 

resources. Buy the store and two 

carts together and save! 

CE10407 Store £4,495.00 

CE11457 Store and 2 Carts £5,995.00 

2. Mini Loose Parts Store 

Robust large wooden shed with 

double door allowing easy access to 

3 bays purposed designed for storing 

large loose parts and other outdoor 

resources. Buy the store and cart 

together and save! 

CE10980 Store £2,750.00 

CE11458 Store and Cart £2,995.00 



1 


1. Outdoor Wooden Loose 

Parts Trolley 

Outdoor wooden trolley with 

tilted access to crates or trays. 

Accommodates four Creative Crates 

or nine Deep Gratnells Trays (not 

included, but available separately). 

Ideal for storing loose parts during 

outdoor play. Mobile on outdoor 

durable castors that can be locked. 

Designed at a height that’s easy for 

children of all ages to access. Ideal 

for accommodating a wide variety 

of resources and loose parts play 

materials. Made from Scandinavian 

Redwood. Supplied fully assembled. 

H118 x W122 x D43cm. 

2 

FURNITURE 

CE10982 £396.74 

2. Loose Parts Cart 

Outdoor wooden cart, ideal for 

transporting various resources, 

including large loose parts. Easy for 

children to manoeuvre, with large 

castors to help transport the cart 

over different surfaces. Hand holds 

at both ends. Shaped sides makes 

it easier to reach inside. Durable 

and robust. Made from quality 



insect infestation for 10 years. L95 x 

W63 x H67 cm 

CE10409 Cart £249.54 

CE10410 Cover £25.59 

3. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley 

with Trays 

Robust outdoor metal trolley, 

complete with Gratnells trays. Heavy 

duty, lockable wheels designed for 

outdoor terrain. Trays positioned 

for easy access to resources. Trays 

supplied as shown. Outdoor cover 

also available to help protect from 

the elements if left outside. Cover 

colour may vary. Trolley: W110 x D42 

x H102cm. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE11386 Green Trolley £319.94 

CE10162 Blue Trolley £319.94 

CE11387 Green Trolley and 

Cover 

£397.95 

CE10340 Blue Trolley and 

Cover 

£397.95 

CE10161 Cover £90.82 

3 

Green 

Trolley and Matching Cover 

Blue 


321



1 

2 3 

4 

1. Small Outdoor Mobile 

Shelving Unit 

Handy mobile outdoor unit that can 

be used as a worktop, for storage, 

or both. Complete with durable 

castors so easy to reposition or 

transport things.Designed to hold 

up to eight Jumbo Gratnell’s trays 

(not included). H75 x W47 x L139cm. 



CE06389 £524.74 

2. Large Outdoor Mobile 

Shelving Unit 

Ideal if you have lots you need 

to store away outside, this unit 

can hold up to 16 Gratnell’s trays 

(shallow, deep or extra deep). Trays 

not included. Made from pre-treated 

Scandinavian Redwood which is 

guaranteed against rot and insect 

infestation for 10 years. H114 x 

L138 x D40cm. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE06390 £595.14 

3. Outdoor Wooden 

Shelving Unit 

Take the classroom outside with 

this robust, practical shelf unit. Can 

be used for pot planting as well 

as storage. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. H76 x W39 x 



CE06344 £383.94 

4. Outdoor Wooden Tiered 

Shelving Units 

Tiered shelving units available 

with 2 and 4 shelves. Perfect for 

providing easy access to gardening, 

PE equipment, or messy play 

accessories. Use with storage boxes 

or Gratnells trays. Strong and robust, 

made from pre-treated Scandinavian 


against rot and insect infestation for 

10 years. Hanging buckets (CE10899, 

available separately), shown on 

the end of the unit, can be used 

to display plants or flowers, or for 

gardening tools. Suitable to be left 


CE10445 Two Tiered £216.26 

CE10446 Four Tiered £332.74 

H81 x W120 x D42cm 

H138.5 x W120 x D42cm 





Units 

Suitable for storing gardening 

equipment or sports equipment, 

these units will be an asset to your 

outdoor area. The felted roof gives 

extra protection from the weather. 

Must be installed on flat ground. 

Shelf Dimensions: H35 x D40cm 

Please note that you have two 

options on delivery. ‘Standard’ is 

delivered to your door and ‘Assisted’ 

a two man service, positioning 

your resource where you need it. 

Once positioned, you will need a 

few helpers to help you build your 

resource. Made from wood. Suitable 


CE07829 

CE07830 

CE10355 

Single with Standard 

Delivery 

£742.34 

Double with 

Standard Delivery 

£1,331.14 

Double with 

Assisted Delivery 

£1,459.14 


Units 

Suitable for storing gardening 

equipment or sports equipment, 

these units will be an asset to your 

outdoor area. The felted roof gives 

extra protection from the weather. 

Must be installed on flat ground. 

Available in a variety of sizes. Made 

from wood. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

CE07832 

CE07833 

CE10356 

Single with Standard 

Delivery 

£902.34 

Double with 

Standard Delivery 

£1,587.14 

Double with 

Assisted Delivery 

£1,766.34 

1 1 

2 

H140 x W60 x L60cm 

H80 x W60 x L120cm 

See website for more details on 

Assisted Delivery. 

2 


H80 x W60 x L200cm 

H140 x W60 x L200cm 

FURNITURE 

323



1 

2 

3 4 

1. Outdoor Metal Storage 

Shed 

A functional storage solution for 

your outdoor area that requires no 

maintenance. Comes complete with 

an integral heavy duty metal floor 

and features smooth sliding metal 

doors with a key operated lock. 

Supplied with two strong metal 

shelves as standard. Comes with a 

two year guarantee on all parts as 

well as a ten year panel guarantee 

against rust perforation. H186 x 

D98cm (varying widths). H186 

x D98cm. Self-Assembly. 2 years 

warranty. 

CE06986 W176cm £959.94 

CE10508 W136cm £883.14 


Chest 

Heavy duty storage chest, ideal for 

all your outdoor items. The chest 

is easy to assemble, fire resistant 

and maintenance free, ensuring it 

is a good long-term investment. 

Available in three colours. 25 year 

panel guarantee. H72.5 x L187.5 x 

D78.5cm. 

CE06788 Blue £921.54 

CE06789 Red £921.54 

CE07398 Green £921.54 


Units 

A quality PVC coated galvanised steel 

shed with unique spring assisted 

opening action and two padlock 

points. Fire-resistant and robust, 

but unobtrusive, the unit comes 

complete with floor. (Padlocks 

and contents not included). Ideal 

for PE or general storage. It is 

recommended that the integral 

wooden base is bolted down on a 

flat, level surface. 

Small: L109 x W66 x H100cm 

Medium: L138 x W89 x H113cm 

Large: L196 x W89 x H133cm. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. 10 years 

warranty. 

CE00245 Small £486.34 

PE02148 Medium £614.34 

PE00110 Large £755.14 

4. The PE Shed 

The pent door storage shed is perfect 

for all your PE equipment storage 

needs! With wide double doors 

for easy access, as well as a secure 

locking mechanism. Made from 

PVC-coated Galvanised Steel, with 

a 25 year panel guarantee! It is also 

completely maintenance free, and 

the ventilation and fire-resistance 

means that your equipment is 

protected and secure. Quick and 

easy to assemble, comes complete 

with clear step by step instructions 

and wooden flooring base. Requires 

bolting down onto a flat and level 

concrete base - recommended 

thickness: 10cm, area: 3.08m x 

2.21m. H2.1 x L2.6m. Self-Assembly. 

PE01815 Large W1.75m £1,727.94 

PE10348 Medium W1.54m £1,535.94 

PE10349 Small W1.31m £1,279.94 



1 


FURNITURE 

1. Multi Functional Metal Trolley 

Robust double sided trolley that can be used 

for a variety of things. Several compartments 

of different sizes, plus 16 coat hooks. Baskets 

at the bottom will also house Gratnells size 

trays. Useful for coats, bags, lunchboxes, 

PE resources and other equipment. Easy to 

manoeuvre on durable castors. Castors can 

be locked in position when not in use. 

CE10997 £499.14 

2. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley with 

Trays 

Robust outdoor metal trolley, complete 

with Gratnells trays. Heavy duty, lockable 

wheels designed for outdoor terrain. Trays 

positioned for easy access to resources. 

Trays supplied as shown. Outdoor cover also 

available to help protect from the elements 

if left outside. Cover colour may vary. Trolley: 

W110 x D42 x H102cm. This year we have 

introduced green as a colour option for some 

of our customer favourites! CE10995 – Metal 

Wellie Rack Green Double, CE11386 – Green 

Metal Tilted Tray trolley with trays and 

CE11385 – Active World Adjustable Stand 

– Green have been created to co-ordinate 

in the same shade of green and make the 

perfect additions to your outdoor space. 


CE11386 Green Trolley £319.94 

CE10162 Blue Trolley £319.94 

CE11387 Green Trolley and 

Cover 

£397.95 

CE10340 Blue Trolley and Cover £397.95 

CE10161 Cover £90.82 

2 


325

Wellie Storage 


1 

Double sided wellie rack 

Single Sided Trolley: L110 x W30 x H100cm 

Double Sided Trolley: L110 x W40 x H100cm 

1. Metal Wellie Racks 

These mobile single and double sided 

racks make ideal storage for all of 

your wellies. The stands can be taken 

outside and feature lockable castors. 

Accommodates either 15 (single 

sided) or 30 (double sided) pairs of 

boots. Sized to fit children’s wellies. 

Adult wellies can be stored on the 

lower rack. Also available, Wellie 

Rack Covers to keep your wellies 

dry whilst stored outside. Single 

(CE05675), Double (CE05840). 

This year we have introduced green 

as a colour option for some of our 

customer favourites! CE10995 – 

Metal Wellie Rack Green Double, 

CE11386 – Green Metal Tilted Tray 

trolley with trays and CE11385 

– Active World Adjustable Stand 

– Green have been created to coordinate 

in the same shade of green 

and make the perfect additions to 

your outdoor space. 

CE00842 Blue Single £200.90 

CE00843 Blue Double £243.14 

CE10995 Green Double £243.14 



1 


1. Wooden Wellie Store 

Handy outdoor storage to keep 

wellies and outdoor clothing in 

outside. Sized so children can easily 

access the shelves. Accommodates 

up to approx. 30 pairs of wellies. In 

addition to shelves, base big enough 

to house storage containers for 

wellies or shoes. Available with two 

benches, designed to nest inside 

the shed so they can be put away 

and kept dry when not in use. Doors 

can be secured with a hook when 

open, and bolted or padlocked when 

shut (padlock not included). Quality 

felted roof. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Benches: H38 

x W94.5 x D29cm and H28 x W77.5 

x D29cm. H127 x W132 x D63cm. 


CE10402 Wellie Store £473.54 

CE10403 Wellie Store and £646.21 

Benches 

2. Wellie Changing Benches 

Low height, small outdoor bench, 

ideal for toddlers and younger 

children. Handy to sit on when 

changing boots and shoes, or in any 

area of your outdoor space. Designed 

to fit inside the Wooden Wellie Store 

so benches can be kept dry when 

stored away. H28 x D29 x W77.5cm 

and H38 x D29 x W94.5cm. 

Ideal for age 2-3 years, and 3-5 years. 


Redwood which is guaranteed against 

rot and insect infestation for 10 years. 



CE10404 H31cm £133.06 

CE10405 H26cm £92.10 

2 

FURNITURE 


327



1 

2 

1. Outdoor Wooden Wellie 

Rack 

Durable, pre-treated outdoor 

wooden trolley for up to 30 pairs 

of wellies. Easy to manoeuvre on 

lockable castors and for children 

to access from both sides. 

Weatherproof cover also available 

to help provide protection if the 

trolley is left outdoors. Unit H960 x 

L820 x D400mm. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. 1 year warranty. 

CE10022 Wellie Rack £396.74 

CE10023 Cover £12.79 

2. Double Sided Wellie Rack 

and Coat Rail 

An ideal cloakroom/outdoor clothing 

trolley combining a wellie rack with 

a hanging coat rail and storage tray. 

Can hold up to 15 pairs of wellies. 

Storage tray can hold up to three 

deep Gratnell’s trays (not included). 

The chunky lockable castors enable 

this trolley to be taken outside, the 

frame features a durable powder 

paint coated finish. H100 x W60 x 

L100cm. Made from metal. Suitable 


CE02710 £262.34 

3 

3. Wall Mountable Wellie 

Rack 

An ideal space saver solution for 

wellie storage. Holds up to 15 pairs 

of wellie boots. Best suited to child 

size wellies. Can be wall mounted 

indoors or out. Fixings not included. 

H80 x W110cm. Made from metal. 



CE02711 £174.02 


1. Free Flowing Transparent 

Curtains 

The perfect solution for allowing 

free flow play between your in and 

outdoor areas. Available in four 

standard widths, the curtains are 

supplied ready for easy installation 

and include the curtain strips, 

hanging plate and rail. Help prevent 

heat loss and insect intrusion and 

ensure good visibility between areas. 

Poles are manufactured from a high 

grade stainless steel. The PVC is 

DOP free and suitable for use with 

children. Each individual strip is 

200mm wide and 2mm thick. The 

standard length is 2.2m. Made from 

pvc. Self-Assembly. 

CE03031 W984mm £177.86 

CE03032 W1230mm £193.22 

CE03033 W1476mm £203.46 

CE03034 W1968mm £275.14 

2. Rainbow Transparent 

Free Flow Curtains 

The perfect solution for allowing 

free flow play between your in and 

outdoor areas. Available in four 

standard widths. The curtains are 

supplied ready for easy installation, 

and include the curtain strips, 

hanging plate and rail. This 

product has been tested to “Flame 

retardance” AS/NZD3837 Grp4 

DIN4102 B2, and in a fire situation is 

self extinguishing. 

Each individual strip is 200mm 

wide and 2mm thick. The standard 

length is 2.2m. Made from pvc. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE06997 W984mm £177.86 

CE06998 W1230mm £193.22 

CE06999 W1476mm £203.46 

CE07500 W1968mm £275.14 

3. Rainbow Free Flow 

Curtain Strips 

Now you can just purchase the PVC 

colour strips without having to buy 

the hanging rails. The PVC strips are 

easy to hang, just hook onto your 

existing hanging rail. 

Each individual strip is 200mm wide 

and 2mm thick. W200 x L2200mm. 

Made from pvc. 

CE07571 7 Strips £115.14 

CE07572 10 Strips £143.30 

CE07573 12 Strips £170.18 

CE07574 15 Strips £222.66 

1 

FROM 

£177.86 

2 3 

Free Flow Curtains 


FURNITURE 

3 


329

Shelters & Playhouses 


1 

INCLUDES ASSEMBLY 

Shelter and shade 

Set includes 5 benches 

Open ended space 

1. Six Sided Wooden Gazebo 

Outdoor wooden gazebo, ideal for 

providing shade, shelter and a cosy 

space to study or play in. The table 

and five benches are not fixed, and 

provide a useful area for group work 

and interventions. Remove them 

to open up space for lots of uses 

such as cosy reading or imaginative 

play. The gazebo will need to be 

positioned on firm level ground, and 

you will need to ensure the ground 

is firm and level before delivery. 

You will be contacted in advance 

regarding delivery arrangements. 

Price includes on site assembly. 

Gazeebo W2.75 x D2.38 x H3.05m. 

Table W140 x D121 x H74cm. Bench 

L124 x D37 x H46cm. 

Pressure treated timber to provide 

protection against biodeterioration. 

Recoat with a suitable top-coat 

varnish when required and ensure 

suitable protection from adverse 

weather particularly in winter 

months. This is a natural product 

and colour may vary slightly from 

piece to piece. Life expectancy 15 

years plus. 

CE10683 Without Table and £3,379.14 

Benches 

CE10685 With Table and 5 £4,044.74 

Benches 

2. Outdoor Wooden Gazebo 

Perfect mini outdoor classroom 

providing shade, shelter and integral 

seating. Featuring a weather 

resistant roof and timber decked 

floor, it is the perfect venue for 

story time or role play, whatever the 

weather. The unit is ideally located 

on a flat surface. Installation of the 

posts into the ground is required. 

This can be done on any surface, 

but other than grass, this will mean 

some surface repair is likely to be 

required afterwards. The supplier 

can arrange this but there may be 

an additional cost (depending on 

the surfacing) Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Price includes delivery and 

assembly. 5 years warranty. 

CE05740 Diam 3m £6,579.14 

CE20238 Diam 4m £7,995.00 

CE20239 Diam 5m £9,995.00 

2 

5 Metre 

3 Metre 


1. Rainbow Den with 

Wheelchair Access 

Perfect outdoor retreat, wide enough 

for wheelchairs to access, and with 

a multicoloured roof that provides 

a wonderful sensory experience. 

The den is big enough inside for up 

to four wheelchairs (depending on 

size). There are also two stools for 

children or adults to comfortably sit 

on. This den has large, low, coloured 

perspex windows and roof, and a 

handy window box to pop resources 

in for easy access whilst inside. 

Recommended for siting on level 

ground. Please allow approx.1.5m 

clearance around the structure. 

Made from outdoor pre-treated 

timber and Perspex. Door width 

85cm. Door height 121cm. Stool 

diam 40cm. Stool height 40cm. 


Suitable for Pre-School. Price includes 

delivery and assembly. H207 x W250 

x D240cm. 

CE10943 £6,009.60 

2. Mini Rainbow Den 

All the awe and wonder of our 

original Rainbow Den but in a 

miniature version. Features an open 

doorway, five coloured windows and 

bench seating on each side. Must be 

installed on flat ground. Seat height 

35cm. H158 x W209 x L175cm. 

Made from wood. Suitable to be left 


CE06919 £3,321.60 

3. Rainbow Den 

Unusually shaped with six sides, the 

den has two open doorways and 

four coloured windows. A cosy space 

for children to gather or for adult 

led group activities. With comfort 

bench seating fixed to each side. 

Watertight roof. H205 x W260 x 


Price includes delivery and assembly. 


CE06674 £6,009.60 

2 

1 



FURNITURE 

3 


331



1 

* 

* 

* 

* 

2 

Ideal space for 

outdoor learning 

Quality pre-treated 

material 

Use with or without 

table and benches 

Window boxes for 

plants or resources 

1. Playhouse Shelter 

Attractive wooden shelter 

guaranteed to bring charm to any 

outdoor space. Ideal for providing 

shade and shelter from the elements, 

or as a base for outdoor learning or 

role play. Complete with window 

boxes on either side which can be 

used for floral decoration or to locate 

resources during outdoor study. 

Includes a slightly raised platform. 

Base and sides delivered complete 

for self assembly. Matching table and 

lose benches set also available. Tables 

and benches fit neatly inside the 

shelter both ways, width and length. 

Make cosy on a nice day with lose 

outdoor cushions. Size: H200 x W180 

x D180cm (approx). Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Made from wood. 

CE10046 Playhouse Shelter £1,183.94 

CE10351 Playhouse Shelter £1,580.67 

with Table & 

Benches 

2. Outdoor Wooden Table & 

Benches 

Attractive outdoor table and 

freestanding benches. Well finished 

design with rounded corners on 

the table and benches. Position the 

benches where you like as not fixed 

to the table. Table provides a sizeable 

work area - ideal for younger 

children to stand to, and is available 

separately. 

CE10053 Wooden Table £235.46 

CE10054 Table & Benches £460.74 

Set 



1. Character Playhouse 

Characterful playhouse which will 

play host to a wealth of different 

role play opportunities. Beautifully 

crafted with wonderful details such 

as large windows for children to peer 

through, traditional window boxes 

which can be used for planting, and 

door with window and safety hinge 

to prevent finger trapping. Styrene 

glazed windows are shatter resistant 

for increased safety. Door does not 

lock and can be opened from the 

inside. H176 x W179 x D179cm. 


CE11375 With Assembly £985.54 

2. Log Cabin Playhouse 

A featureful playhouse with ample 

opportunities for children to explore 

their imagination. Exquisitely 

designed, and made from thicker 

28mm interlocking timber walls. 

Solid sheet roof structure with green 

mineralised roofing felt and styrene 

glazed, shatter resistant windows. 

Decorative window boxes, door with 

large window and safety hinge to 

prevent finger trapping. Door does 

not lock and can be opened from the 

inside. W179 x D209 x H150cm.. 

CE11372 Self Assembly £1,587.14 

CE11373 With Assembly £2,099.14 

1 

ONLY 

£659.14 


Quality, graded timber. Treatment of timber is recommended initially and then 

minimum annually to help longevity. Option for self assembly or delivery and 

assembly on site. Locate on firm level ground – ground preparation or subsequent 

groundwork are not included. 

FURNITURE 

2 


333


Physical Development 

1 

2 

3 4 

2 

8 

PACK OF 

3 

PACK OF 

1. Outdoor Rainbow Stage 

Fabulous, unique outdoor wooden 

stage with low platform. A stunning 

focal point in any outdoor space with 

various coloured perspex windows. 

Ideal for performances or base 

for outdoor learning. Big enough 

to accommodate small groups of 

children. Must be installed on flat 

ground. Made from a pre-treated, 

premium grade Scandinavian 

Redwood. H145 x W171 x L310cm. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. Self- 

Assembly. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 

CE06860 £1,971.14 

* 

* 

* 

Great for outdoor 

performances 

Ideal for Early Years 

and Primary 

Create a stunning focal 

point in your outdoor 

area! 

2. NEW Partition Play 

A delightful outdoor partition wall 

with attached shelving ideal for 

outdoor role play. Children will love 

this open ended and versatile wooden 

partition. This unit can be used to 

facilitate an outdoor home corner, 

post office, shop or a variety of other 

imaginative role play environments. 

Made from FSC Pressure-Treated 

Scandinavian Redwood Timber. 

Size: H: 1420mm x W: 1930mm x D: 

1700mm. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Assembly Required. 

CA11775 £1,279.94 

3. NEW Geo Wipe Clean 

Antimicrobial Sit Upons 

Stylish, practical and lightweight 

cushions with tactile carry handle, 

ideal for indoor or outdoor use. 

Featuring 4 patterned cushions and 4 

block colour cushions, these sit upons 

are ideal for a variety of indoor and 

outdoor activities in all weathers. 

Engaging designs will provoke 

conversations on colour, nature and 

animals. Easy to wipe clean with 

a SteriTouch Antimicrobial coating 

which is upto 99.9% effective against 

the spread of surface bacteria. W34 

x L34cm. 

CE11616 £89.54 

4. NEW Geo Wipe Clean Large 

Beanbags 

These stylish and comfortable 

beanbags can be used around 

your setting to create cosy corners 

for reading or conversation. Each 

beanbag features a different pattern 

and are ideal for a variety of indoor 

and outdoor activities in all weathers. 

Engaging designs will provoke 

conversations on colour, nature and 

animals. Easy to wipe clean with 

a SteriTouch Antimicrobial coating 

which is upto 99.9% effective against 

the spread of surface bacteria* H36 

x W54cm. 

CE11670 £191.94 

For more of this range, 

see page 236 


1. Physical Development 

Trail 

This freestanding Physical 

Development Trail can be moved 

and changed, due to its unique 

connecting design. The individual 

pieces can be arranged in many 

different ways to suit your setting, 

the space and area you have 

available and how challenging 

you want the trail to be. A flexible 

piece of outdoor learning and play 

equipment, great for developing 

motor skills, balance, co-ordination, 

strength, fitness and working 

together. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. 

3 Piece Set: 1 x Number Steps, 1 x 

Balance Beam & 1 x Stepping Stones 

8 Piece Set: 1 x Number Steps, 1 x 

Balance Beam & 2 x Stepping Stones, 

2 x Sensory Grass Walk, 1 x Narrow 

Balance and Ramp and 1 x Mini 

Stage. The central hexagonal piece is 

approximately 1.2 x 1.2m. 

CE10480 3 Pieces £2,636.74 

CE10906 8 Pieces £3,838.72 

1 



8 Piece Configuration 

FURNITURE 

Each piece easily slots in and out 

Please see online for 

the full details on the 3 

piece configuration 

3 piece 


335



2 

1 

The climbing 

holds present 

different degrees 

of challenge 

Get comfy inside 

and set up a hard 

to find getaway 

1. Wooden Climbing Prism 

Outdoor free standing climbing 

structure presenting lots of interest 

and challenge. Climbing holds on 

one side and three ropes on the 

other to haul your way to the top. 

The area inside also provides a handy 

hideaway. H150 x W150 x L200cm. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. Self- 

Assembly. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CE06658 Standard Delivery £1,536.00 

CE10353 Assisted Delivery £1,664.00 

2. Climbing Frame Tower 

with Slide 

This play tower provides an escape 

from the hustle and bustle of the 

playground. Built to encourage 

children to learn and develop from 

an early stage whist having fun and 

being active. Featuring a slide, a 

climbing wall and a hideaway hole 

at the back. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Platform 

Height: H90cm W130 x L250cm. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. Price 

includes delivery and assembly. 

CE10485 £3,327.94 


1. Double Sided Water 

Channelling Wall 

Double sided water channelling 

wall, complete with accessories. 

Allows lots of children to enjoy 

experimenting with water. Features 

two lever based taps on both sides 

to control the water flow. Water is 

held in the troughs at the top. All the 

accessories are loose which means 

the children can decide where they 

want to position the guttering and 

tubing as they investigate. Water 

is collected in removeable troughs 

at the bottom, so no puddles, and 

children can have fun scooping 

water back to the top again! Made 

from pre-treated Scandinavian 



for 10 years. 4 x troughs, 2 x set of 

3 funnels, 4 x funnels with spout, 

4 x funnel holders, 4 x clear pipes, 

4 x large guttering, 4 x medium 

guttering, 16 x guttering hooks, 4 

x colanders. H120 x W80 x L180cm. 


fully assembled. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CE10021 £1,183.94 

2. Low Double Sided Water 

Channelling Wall 

Double sided water channelling 

wall at a lower height, ideal for 

younger children. Freestanding unit, 

with access on both sides so lots 

of children can enjoy investigating 

with water at the same time. Four 

taps, plus enough guttering, hooks, 

funnels and tubes (all included) 

to share around. Accessories can 

be positioned on the wall where 

children see fit, enabling them 

to experiment. 4 x troughs, 4 x 

colanders, 12 guttering hooks, 

3 x medium guttering, 3 x large 

guttering, 3 x clear pipes, 3 x clear 

funnels, 3 x funnel holders, 1 x set 

of 3 funnels. H93 x W188 x D60cm. 


fully assembled. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CE10422 £1,049.54 

3. Mobile Mini Water Wall 

Mobile water wall, ideal where 

outdoor space is limited, or for 

packaway settings. Durable, 

purposed designed castors to wheel 

into place, or in and out of storage. 

With access on both sides, this unit 

allows a small number of children to 

enjoy investigating with water at the 

same time. Low enough in height 

for younger children to reach the 

top. Guttering, hooks, funnels and 

tubes (all included) can be positioned 

on the wall where children see fit, 

enabling them to experiment away. 

Water is collected in the removable 

troughs and can be simply scooped 

to the top again. 2 x troughs, 4 

x colanders, 12 guttering hooks, 

3 x medium guttering, 3 x large 

guttering, 3 x clear pipes, 3 x clear 

funnels, 3 x funnel holders, 1 x set 

of 3 funnels. H93 x W98 x D60cm. 

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. 

CE10478 £921.54 

1 

2 

3 

Sand & Water 


FURNITURE 


337


Tables & Seating 

1 

2 

1. Octagonal Junior Height 

Picnic Bench 

This robust, octagonal picnic bench 

is suitable to seat up to eight juniors 

comfortably. This bench is the perfect 

addition to any outdoor space. 

Comes with easy self-assembly 

modules for DIY construction and 

a pre-drilled hole to accommodate 

a parasol. Made from Timber from 

sustainable and renewable sources. 

H570 x W1525 x D1525mm. Suitable 


CE10144 £383.94 

2. Rectangular Junior Height 

Picnic Bench 

A heavy duty timber picnic bench 

made from sustainable and 

renewable sources and treated 

with a water based preservative. 

Makes for easy assembly with the 

seats and table top coming preassembled, 

just bolt together with 

the legs. For summer months, a 

handy pre-drilled hole is present to 

accommodate a parasol – perfect for 

outdoor furniture. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

CE10142 6 Seater £246.98 

CE10143 8 Seater £268.74 

6 Seater: W1370 x D1351 x H630mm 

8 Seater: W1677 x D1351 x H630mm 

3 

3. Round Junior Height 

Picnic Bench 

A robust, round picnic bench 

suitable to seat up to eight young 

people comfortably. Comes with 

easy self-assembly modules for DIY 

construction and a pre drilled hole 

to accommodate a parasol. Made 

from Timber from sustainable and 

renewable sources. H570 x W1525 

x D1525mm. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

CE10141 £499.14 



1 


1. Outdoor Eight Seater 

Octagonal Picnic Bench 

This traditionally styled picnic bench 

is large enough to seat up to eight 

children. Ideal for picnics, story 

time or group discussions. Seat 

height 31cm. Northern European 

Pine, FSC from sustainable and 

renewable sources. Wooden benches 

would benefit from being treated 

periodically with a water based 

preservative. 

Will require at least two people 

to assemble. H570 x W1575 x 

L1575mm. Suitable to be left 


CE00237 £345.54 

2. Rectangular Infant Height 

6 Seater Picnic Bench 

A robust bench that easily seats six 

children. Designed with reduced legs 

and seating height for easy seating 

and is easy to assemble. Made 

from Timber from sustainable and 

renewable sources. H57 x W119 

x D116.5cm. Suitable to be left 


CE10146 £199.62 

2 

FURNITURE 


339



1 

2 

3 3 

4 5 

1. Outdoor Wooden Buddy 

Corner Bench 

Our buddy bench is more than 

just a seating solution. Provides a 

lovely seating area in your outdoor 

classroom and is ideal for group 

discussion or just relaxing at 

playtime. Features the words Buddy 

Corner engraved into the back. 




10 years. Seat height 40cm. H80 x 

W50 x L120cm. Suitable to be left 



CE05962 £639.94 

2. Standard Buddy Bench 

Designed to encourage friendship in 

the playground this standard sized 

Buddy Bench is a great addition to 

any establishment. Create a seating 

area with this bench to encourage 

group discussion or somewhere to 

sit down with a book. Made from 



insect infestation for 10 years. Seat 

height 40cm. H76 x W45 x L120cm. 



CE10147 £395.00 

3. Mini Outdoor Wooden 

Buddy Bench 

Use this bench in your outdoor 

classroom to encourage friendship 

building and sharing. Suitable for 

small groups as well as one-on-one 

learning. This bench is free-standing 

and can be moved around your 

outdoor area. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Seat height 

30cm. H55 x W30 x L100cm. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. Supplied fully 

assembled. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 

CE06439 £275.14 

4. Outdoor Reading Corner 

Bench 

Encourage reading outside with this 

durable wooden bench Under the 

seat there is added room for storage. 

Add your own cushions to complete 

the reading corner feel. Made from 




x W58 x L132cm. Made from wood. 


fully assembled. Suitable for 5 to 

11 years. 

CE06338 £473.54 

5. Outdoor Wooden Infant 

Height Bench 

A beautifully designed and 

manufactured product, perfect for 

outdoor seating for any situation. 

Offering a lower height for younger 

children to sit on comfortably, this 

sturdy, strong and natural bench will 

withstand the daily rigours of the 

outdoor environment. H65.5 x W104 

x D43cm. Made from wood. Suitable 



CE10145 £177.86 


Three different stool designs 


Use to create an inspiring and engaging outdoor reading area 

FURNITURE 

Ideal for both children and adults 

Perfect for role play scenarios 

Storytellers’ Wooden 

Seating Collection 

from £435.14 

Transform story time and children’s imaginations like never before with this Storytellers Outdoor 

Wooden Seating Collection. Made from quality pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood which is 

guaranteed against rot and insect infestation for 10 years, this is the perfect statement to add 

interest, intrigue and improved imaginations to your outdoor learning space. 


Chair 

CE11015£787.14 

6 Storytellers’ Wooden 

Stools 

CE11016£435.14 


Chair and 6 Stools 

CE11017£1,183.87 


341



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 6 

1. NEW Adults Octobrunch 

Table 

The Adult Octobrunch Recycled 

Plastic Picnic Bench is a great 

addition to any public space, suitable 

for seating 8 adults and made from 

100% HDPE recycled plastic. The 

Octobrunch bench is a great addition 

to a community space for picnics or 

to be used in a school to encourage 

social interaction and as an outdoor 

eating area. 

CE11597BK Black £884.98 

CE11597BL Blue £884.98 

CE11597BW Brown £884.98 

CE11597GR Green £884.98 

CE11597MU Multi £884.98 

2. Junior Picnic Bench 

Heavy Duty, weather resistant picnic 

bench for outdoor use. Perfect 

for seating groups of children 

outside for outdoor learning. 


610mm(h). Seat height: 360mm 

CE11365 £614.34 

3. Heavy Duty Picnic Bench 

Heavy Duty, weather resistant picnic 

bench for outdoor use. Perfect 

for seating groups of children 

outside for outdoor learning. 


780mm(h). Seat height: 490mm 

CE11364 £691.14 

4. Recyclable Plastic Zigzag 

Bench 

Made from recyclable polyethylene 

making it suitable for indoor and 

outdoor use. UV stabilised and will 

never stain, rust or corrode. Available 

in a choice of six or 10 seater. Sizes: 

6 seater: L240cm x H38cm 

10 seater: L400cm x H38cm. 

Seat height 38cm. Made from 

polyethylene. Suitable to be left 


CE07559 6 Seater £409.54 

CE07560 10 Seater £678.34 

5. Recycled Plastic 

Multicoloured Bench 

This recyclable polyethylene bench 

is available in a choice of seating 

options. Can be located outside, 

requires very little maintenance. 

Choose from two, three or four 

seater. Made from polyethylene. 


CE07812 2 Persons £396.74 

CE07813 3 Persons £460.74 

CE07814 4 Persons £499.14 

6. NEW Adventure Cabin 

Made from 100% HDPE recycled 

plastic, the Adventure Cabin 

encourages imaginative play and is 

an ideal place for children to play 

and interact with friends Providing 

seating for upto 4 children and 

completely maintenance free, the 

material will not rot, corrode or 

splinter making it a safe and practical 

solution for children play areas. 

CE11598BK Black £1,134.07 

CE11598BL Blue £1,134.07 

CE11598BW Brown £1,134.07 

CE11598GR Green £1,134.07 

CE11598MU Multi £1,134.07 


Outdoor Cushions & Mats 

1. Pop Up Outdoor Canopy 

Handy tent like canopy that unfolds 

and pops into shape in minutes. 

Ideal for providing outdoor shade 

and shelter, trips out, outdoor events 

and sports days. Folds into a storage 

bag 1m in diameter with over the 

shoulder carry handle. Canopy is easy 

to unfold and requires no support. 

However guide ropes and ground 

pegs and included to help secure on 

grass. The canopy features a clear 

pocket on one outer side, which 

can house a sheet of A4 paper. This 

could be useful to, e.g. to label with 

a school name at sports events or for 

school fetes. H165 x L300 x D140cm. 


CE10092 £131.78 

2. Large Outdoor Mats 

Large waterproof nylon padded mat 

ideal for taking outdoors. Mat can 

be rolled and secured with hook 

and loop when not in use. Fabric 

can be easily wiped down to clean. 

In a choice of eight colours. W200 x 

L200cm. 

CE07985 Red £254.66 


CE07987 Lime £254.66 

CE07988 Yellow £254.66 

CE07989 Orange £254.66 

CE07990 Purple £254.66 

CE07991 Green £254.66 

CE07992 Brown £254.66 

3. Outdoor Quilted 

Beanbags 

These practical, fun and stylish bean 

bags are designed for use outdoors. 

Moulds to the shape of the body 

for perfect comfort. Choose from 

brights (pink, aqua, orange, yellow) 

or naturals (lime, brown, olive, dark 

green). Waterproof. Diameter 60cm. 

H30 x W60cm. Pack of 4. 



4. Quilted Cube Beanbags 

These attractive chunky cube 

beanbags make an excellent place to 

sit. Soft touch quilted design. Can be 

used indoors or out. Wipe clean. Set 

of red, yellow, purple, orange, aqua, 

lime. Choice of two sizes. Pack of 6. 

CE07981 Small £182.98 

CE07982 Large £345.54 

1 

2 

3 4 

ONLY 

£131.78 


FURNITURE 


343

FURNITURE GARDENING 

Planters & Grow Beds 

1 

2 

1. Instant Garden Planters 

with Castors 

Garden without huge amounts of 

soil or space! Lockable castors make 

it easy for you to move your outdoor 

garden planters whenever needed. 

Sow, plant and grow a host of flowers, 

vegetables and plants. Removable 

planting tubs make it easy to separate 

crops, allowing individual children to 

tend to them. PEFC and FSC certified. 

The garden planter is supplied with a 

trellis, allowing you to grow a variety of 

climbing plants. Lockable castors make 

it easy for you to move your outdoor 

garden planters whenever needed. A 

chalkboard to the front of the planter 

can be used to indicate what the 

children are growing, which children 

are looking after the planter and more. 


Redwood which is guaranteed against 

rot and insect infestation for 10 years. 

EC00612 4 Tub Planter £387.78 

EC00505 6 Tub Planter with 

Rear Trellis 

£524.74 

EC00614 6 Tub Planter With 

Central Trellis 

£524.74 

EC00613 8 Tub Planter with 

Rear Trellis 

£652.74 

Square - H106 x L122 x W122cm 

Hexagon - H110 x Diam 116cm 

3 

2. Wooden Planters with 

Trellis 

These planters with a central trellis, 

have been designed to accommodate 

children on all sides. Each trellis acts 

like a partition, enabling different 

plants to be clearly segmented 

from each other. Suitable to be left 


CE06897 Triangle £345.54 

CE06895 Hexagon £345.54 

CE10439 Square £345.54 

3. Individual Wooden 

Planters 

Small rustic planters that children 

can use for gardening then display 

them on a free standing frame or on 

the wall. The wall mounted frame 

includes eight small planters and the 

free-standing frame includes two 

large and 12 small planters. Supplied 


CE06842 Wall Mounted £345.54 

CE06907 Free Standing £652.74 


Planters & Grow Beds 

1. Wooden Sand Boxes and 

Planters 

Traditionally styled these wooden 

frames are ideal as a planter or a 

sand box. Incorporates an integral 

seating area (width approx. 10cm) 

to enable children to sit on the 

edge during activity. Ground sheet 

/ base not included. Covers are 

available separately. Made from 



insect infestation for 10 years. Self- 

Assembly. 

CE02831 Hexagon £198.34 

CE02832 Hexagonal Cover £25.59 

CE02674 Square £214.98 

CE02824 Square Cover £25.59 

1 

GARDENING 

Hexagonal - Dia32cm 

Square - L185cm H32cm. 

2. Mini Square Sandbox and 

Planter 

A traditionally styled raised wooden 

bed, ideal for creating an instant 

garden. The same quality and design 

as its big brother, this smaller version 

is ideal for areas with less space. 

Integral seating area. No cover 

available for this sandbox/planter. 




10 years. Self-Assembly. Made from 

sustainable wood. H31 x W115 x 

D115cm. 

CE02843 £159.94 

2 

Square Cover 

Hexagonal Cover 

FURNITURE 


345

FURNITURE GARDENING 

Habitats 

1 

2 

3 

1. Outdoor Wooden 

Crittacabin 

Free standing unit, ideal for studying 

minibeast activity through every 

season. The multi-habitats allow 

children to monitor the habits of 

insects and mammals. Locate in 

a sunny position preferably close 

to flowering plants and shrubs. 

For security and safety, there are 

pre-drilled holes on rear bracket 

to secure the unit to a supporting 

structure. It is recommended that 

there is a clear space of 1.5m in front 

of the unit. H100 x W23 x L120cm. 



CE07397 £486.34 

* 

* 

* 

Features multihabitats 

for different 

insects, hedgehogs & 

mammals 

Ideal for studying 

minibeast activity 

through every season 

A great feature for a 

wildlife garden 

2. Bugs Life 

Study mini beast activity throughout 

the seasons, with this attractive, 

durable and sturdy unit. The Bugs 

Life consists of multi-habitats, 

allowing children to monitor 

different spiders and insects. Made 

from pre-treated Scandinavian 



for 10 years. H100 x W50 x L50cm. 



CE10483 £287.94 

3. Wooden Bug City 

There’ll soon be lots of creepy 

crawlies hiding in this quirky, natural 

environment for children to observe 

and learn about. Complete with 

viewing window, it’s a great addition 

to any nature corner. Must be 

placed on a flat surface. Made from 




x W50 x L100cm. Suitable to be left 


CE05961 £473.54

0133-0346_ER_2021_Furniture

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?